CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
Published by
Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records
Administration
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Internet: bookstore.gpo.govPhone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800Fax: (202) 512-2250
Mail: Stop SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
Cite this Code:
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16
Title 17 through Title 27
Title 28 through Title 41
Title 42 through Title 50
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each volume.
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its revision date (in this case, October 1, 2004), consult the “List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA),” which is issued monthly, and the “Cumulative List of Parts Affected,” which appears in the Reader Aids section of the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be inserted following the text.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information collection request.
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before January 1, 2001, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, or 1986-2000, published in 11 separate volumes. For the period beginning January 1, 2001, a “List of CFR Sections Affected” is published at the end of each CFR volume.
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of material published in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR
An index to the text of “Title 3—The President” is carried within that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. This index is based on a consolidation of the “Contents” entries in the daily Federal Register.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing in the Code of Federal Regulations.
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at the top of odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000 or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408 or e-mail fedreg.info@nara.gov.
The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free, 866-512-1800 or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2250, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents, Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO Customer Service call 202-512-1803.
The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Public Papers, Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic format at www.access.gpo.gov/nara (“GPO Access”). For more information, contact Electronic Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government Printing Office. Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free). E-mail, gpoaccess@gpo.gov.
The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.archives.gov/federal_register. The NARA site also contains links to GPO Access.
Title 46—
Subject indexes appear for subchapter A-I, I-A, J, K, L, and Q-W following the subchapters.
For this volume, Elmer Barksdale was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of Frances D. McDonald, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.
(This book contains parts 156 to 165)
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.46; Section 159.001-9 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
(a) This part contains the procedures for the approval of equipment and materials when that equipment or material is inspected or tested by an independent laboratory or by the manufacturer of the equipment or material.
(b) [Reserved]
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal to the Chief, Marine Safety and Environmental Protection (Commandant (G-M)) as provided in § 1.03-15 of this chapter.
As used in this part:
(a) Certain materials is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part (subchapter) and the sections affected are as follows:
Unless otherwise specified, all correspondence and applications in connection with approval and testing of equipment and materials must be addressed to: Commandant (G-MSE-4), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street SW, Washington, DC 20593-0001, Telephone: (202) 267-1444, Facsimile: (202) 267-1069, Electronic mail: MVI-3/G-M@cgsmtp.uscg.mil.
(a) The Commandant may substitute the procedures in this part for the procedures in any other part of this subchapter. Each person known to be affected by the substitution shall be informed that the procedures in this part apply.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(a) This subpart contains the procedures by which the Coast Guard approves equipment and materials under other subparts of this subchapter that require—
(1) Preapproval inspections and tests by an independent laboratory;
(2) Preapproval inspections and tests by the manufacturer; or
(3) No preapproval inspections or tests.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material who seeks Coast Guard approval under an applicable subpart must submit an application that meets § 159.005-5 to the Commandant unless—
(1) The subpart contains a list of independent laboratories;
(2) The subpart does not require Coast Guard review prior to testing; and
(3) The manufacturer meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) If the applicable subpart contains a list of independent laboratories and does not specifically require preapproval review by the Coast Guard, the manufacturer may have the tests performed by a listed laboratory and submit the report required by § 159.005-11 to the Commandant.
(a) Each application must contain the following:
(1) The name and address of the manufacturer and the factory where the finished equipment or material is produced.
(2) One or more of the following as required by the applicable subpart:
(i) Two sets of general plans of the equipment or material.
(ii) Two sets of specifications of the equipment or material.
(iii) A sample of the equipment or material accompanied by a written description of its components.
(3) A statement signed by the manufacturer or the manufacturer's representative, that an official representative of the Coast Guard is allowed access to the place of manufacture and to the place of test to verify the information submitted in the application or to witness tests.
(4) If the material submitted under paragraph (a)(2) of this section contains confidential commercial information that could cause substantial competitive harm if released to the public, a statement to the effect that the material is considered privileged and confidential under exemption (b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), and that it should not be released to anyone other than the original submitter.
(b) If the equipment or material is required by the subpart to be inspected and tested by an independent laboratory, the application must contain the following additional information:
(1) The name and address of a laboratory that meets § 159.010-3(a) and that is selected by the manufacturer to perform or supervise the inspections and tests.
(2) If the laboratory has not been accepted previously for inspecting and testing the manufacturer's equipment
(a) If approval inspections and tests are required under the applicable subpart, the Commandant takes the following action:
(1) If the Commandant determines from the application that the equipment or material appears to meet the design requirements of an applicable subpart or appears to have equivalent performance characteristics, and that the laboratory meets § 159.010-3(a), the Commandant informs the manufacturer that the required approval inspections and tests may be conducted.
(2) If the Commandant determines from the application for approval that the equipment or material does not appear to meet the design requirements of an applicable subpart or does not appear to have equivalent performance characteristics, or that the laboratory does not meet § 159.010-3(a), the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the reason why the equipment or material is not acceptable for approval inspections and tests or why the laboratory is not accepted.
(b) If no approval inspections or tests are required under the applicable subpart, the Commandant—
(1) Takes action in accordance with § 159.005-13; or
(2) Informs the manufacturer of additional information required before action under § 159.005-13 can be taken.
(c) An item of equipment or material that does not meet all of the requirements of this subchapter for design or performance may be approved by the Commandant if it has equivalent performance characteristics. The item has equivalent performance characteristics if the application and any approval tests prescribed by the Commandant, in place of or in addition to the approval tests required by this subchapter, demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commandant that the item is at least as effective as one that meets the requirements of this subchapter.
(a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material that is required to be subjected to approval inspections and tests must—
(1) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to be inspected or tested, have the approval inspections or tests performed;
(2) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to be inspected or tested by an independent laboratory, insure that a laboratory accepted by the Commandant performs or supervises the approval inspections or tests;
(3) Bear all costs of the approval inspections and tests;
(4) If requested, advise the Commandant of the time, date, and place of each approval inspection or test, or both, before the inspection or test is performed; and
(5) After completion of the approval inspections and tests, submit to the Commandant—
(i) A test report that meets § 159.005-11;
(ii) At least two sets of specifications of the materisl as inspected or tested or at least two sets of plans of the equipment as inspected or tested that meet § 159.005-12; and
(iii) A description of the quality control procedures that will be in effect during the production of the equipment or material.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each approval inspection or test report must contain the following:
(1) The name of the manufacturer.
(2) If the inspections or tests are performed or supervised by an independent laboratory, the name and address of the laboratory.
(3) The trade name, product designation (such as model numbers), and a brief description of the equipment or material inspected or tested.
(4) The time, date, and place of each approval inspection and test.
(5) The name and title of each person performing, supervising, and witnessing the approval inspections or tests.
(6) The performance data for each test required in the applicable subpart, including a description of each failure.
(7) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus used in the inspections or tests, or a reference to another document that contains an appropriate description or photographs.
(8) At least one photograph that shows an overall view of the equipment or material submitted for approval and other photographs that show—
(i) Design details; and
(ii) Each occurrence of damage or deformation to the equipment or material that occurred during the approval tests.
(b) Each inspection or test report must bear an attestation that the inspections or tests were conducted as required by the applicable subpart and that the report contains no known errors, omissions, or false statements. The attestation must be signed by:
(1) The manufacturer or manufacturer's representative, if the inspection or tests are conducted by the manufacturer; or
(2) The chief officer of the laboratory, or the chief officer's representative, if the inspection or tests were conducted by an independent laboratory.
A false representation on a report is a ground for suspension or withdrawal of approval of the equipment or material. A false representation is also punishable as a crime under 18 U.S.C. 1001.
(a) Each set of plans under § 159.005-9(a)(5)(ii) for equipment must include the following:
(1) An assembly drawing or general arrangement drawing.
(2) A description of each component of the equipment that includes the name, the manufacturer, and the part identification of each component in—
(i) A detail drawing;
(ii) A bill of material or parts list; or
(iii) A specification for that component.
(3) A list of the drawings and specifications in the set of plans, including each revision, and the date of that list.
(4) If a manufacturer's instructions or manual is required in the applicable subpart, a copy of the instructions or manual.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) If from analysis of the material and data required to be submitted under this subpart, the Commandant determines that the equipment or material meets the applicable subpart or has equivalent performance characteristics in accordance with § 159.005-7(c), the Commandant—
(1) Approves the equipment or material;
(2) Issues a certificate of approval to the manufacturer under § 2.75-5 of this chapter;
(3) Retains one set of approved plans and returns all others to the manufacturer; and
(4) Publishes a record of the approval in “Equipment Lists.” The most recent edition of “Equipment Lists” U.S. Coast Guard Publication M16714.3 (series) is available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954.
(b) If from analysis of the material and data submitted the Commandant determines that the equipment or material does not meet the applicable subpart, the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the reason why that equipment or material does not meet the subpart.
(c) If an independent laboratory performs the approval inspections or tests, the Commandant will notify the laboratory of the actions taken under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, unless the manufacturer specifically requests that the laboratory not be notified.
(a) The Commandant suspends an approval issued under this subchapter in accordance with § 2.75-40 of this chapter, withdraws an approval issued under this subchapter in accordance with § 2.75-50(a) of this chapter, and terminates an approval issued under this subchapter in accordance with § 2.75-50(b) of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) This subpart contains the procedures under which production inspections and tests of approved equipment or materials are to be performed under this subchapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The manufacturer may follow an independent laboratory's procedures for production inspections and tests if those procedures—
(1) Meet or exceed the production inspection and test requirements of the applicable subpart or are equivalent to those inspections and tests;
(2) Include labeling or marking the equipment or material when the equipment or material meets the inspection and test procedures of the laboratory; and
(3) Are accepted by the Commandant under § 159.007-7(b).
(b) [Reserved]
(a) If the applicable subpart requires production inspections and tests by an independent laboratory, the manufacturer must select a laboratory and submit an application for acceptance that meets § 159.010-5(a) unless the laboratory—
(1) Is listed in the subpart; or
(2) Is accepted by the Commandant for approval inspections and tests of the equipment or material under § 159.005-7(a)(1).
(b) If the manufacturer wants to follow the laboratory's procedures for production inspections and tests instead of meeting the Coast Guard procedures under this subchapter, the application must contain a description of those procedures.
(a) From the information submitted with the application, the Commandant determines whether or not the laboratory is accepted for production inspections and tests. The Commandant informs the manufacturer of the results of this determination, if the Commandant does not accept a laboratory, the reason for the disapproval will be given.
(b) From the description of the laboratory's procedures for production inspections and tests, the Commandant determines whether or not those procedures are accepted. The Commandant informs the manufacturer of the results of this determination. If the Commandant does not accept the laboratory's procedures, the reasons why they are not accepted will be given.
(a) If the applicable subpart requires the production inspections and tests to be performed or supervised by an independent laboratory, the manufacturer shall insure that all required production inspections and tests are performed or supervised by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant.
(b) If the applicable subpart does not require an independent laboratory to perform the production inspections and tests, the manufacturer shall have those inspections and tests performed.
(c) Unless alternative procedures have been accepted by the Commandant under § 159.007-3 each production inspection and test must be performed or supervised in accordance with the applicable subpart.
(d) The manufacturer shall admit a Coast Guard inspector to any place
(a) When the manufacturer uses the production inspection and test procedures in an applicable subpart he must submit a yearly report. The report is not required when inspection and test procedures approved under § 159.007-3 are used.
(b) The report must include the following:
(1) A list of all inspections and tests performed;
(2) A summary of the results of each group of inspections or tests;
(3) A detailed description of any test failures; and
(4) A statement whether or not all required tests were performed.
(a) The manufacturer must have a completed record with the following information for each production inspection and test:
(1) The time, date and place of each inspection and test.
(2) The name and title of each person performing, supervising and witnessing the inspections or tests.
(3) The performance data for each test required in the applicable subpart, including a description of each failure.
(4) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus used in the inspections or tests.
(b) The manufacturer must retain each record under this section for at least 60 months after the month in which the inspection or test was conducted.
(c) The records must be made available for examination by the Commandant upon request.
This subpart contains the following:
(a) The standards and procedures under which the Coast Guard accepts an independent laboratory that a manufacturer proposes to use.
(b) The standards and procedures under which a laboratory is accepted as a recognized laboratory under applicable subparts.
(c) The circumstances under which the acceptance or recognition of a laboratory is terminated.
(a) To be accepted by the Coast Guard as an independent laboratory, a laboratory must—
(1) Be engaged, as a regular part of its business, in performing inspections and tests that are the same as or similar to the inspections and tests required in the applicable subpart;
(2) Have or have access to the apparatus, facilities, personnel, and calibrated instruments that are necessary to inspect and test the equipment or material under the applicable subpart;
(3) Not be owned or controlled by—
(i) The manufacturer of the equipment or material to be inspected or tested under this subchapter or any manufacturer of similar equipment or material;
(ii) A vendor of the equipment or material to be inspected or tested under this subchapter or a vendor of similar equipment or material; or
(iii) A supplier of materials to the manufacturer;
(4) Not be dependent on Coast Guard acceptance under this subchapter to remain in business; and
(5) Not advertise or promote the manufacturer's equipment or material that the laboratory inspects and tests under this subchapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each application for acceptance of an organization as an independent laboratory must contain the following:
(1) The name and address of the organization.
(2) A list of the equipment or material that the organization would inspect, or test, or both, under this subchapter.
(3) A description of the organization's experience and its qualifications for conducting the inspections and tests required in the applicable subpart.
(4) A description of the apparatus and facilities available to the organization for conducting those inspections and tests.
(5) If instruments are used in the required tests and inspections, a description of the instrument calibration program applying to those instruments.
(6) The position titles of personnel who are to perform, supervise, or witness those inspections or tests, along with the training and experience required for personnel in those positions.
(7) A statement signed by the chief officer of the organization or the chief officer's representative, that an official representative of the Coast Guard is allowed access upon request to the place where tests and inspections take place, to verify the information submitted in the application, or to witness tests and inspections.
(b) Each application for acceptance as an independent laboratory that is not submitted by an agency of a state or another national government, or by a classification society, must also contain the following:
(1) The name and address of each subsidiary and division of the organization, or a statement that none are involved in the testing or manufacturing of equipment approved under this subchapter.
(2) The name, title, address, and principal business activity of each of the organization's officers and directors, and the name, address, and principal business activity of each person, company, or corporation that owns at least three-percent interest in the organization or in a company or corporation that controls the organization.
(a) Only laboratories that have entered into an MOU with the Coast Guard may perform the functions of a recognized laboratory under this chapter.
(b) An independent laboratory seeking to become a recognized independent laboratory must submit a signed MOU to the Commandant that includes—
(1) A statement of purpose;
(2) An identification and description of the parties involved;
(3) A description of the problem resolution and appeals processes;
(4) A description of the process for measuring effectiveness and efficiency of the program under the MOU;
(5) The effective date of the MOU and terms for its termination;
(6) A statement to the effect that the MOU is not an exclusive agreement between the recognized independent laboratory and the Coast Guard;
(7) An agreement to conduct comparison testing with other recognized laboratories as directed by the Coast Guard, no more often than twice each year, with the laboratory bearing the cost of sample acquisition and testing;
(8) A statement as to how the costs of implementing the MOU will be borne; and
(9) A description of each party's responsibilities for—
(i) Equipment review and approval;
(ii) Coast Guard oversight of the recognized independent laboratory's procedures and processes;
(iii) Coordination between the parties;
(iv) Developing and maintaining regulations and standards;
(v) Handling review and approval of new and novel items not anticipated by existing regulations and standards;
(vi) Testing and inspection facilities and procedures;
(vii) Production quality control; and
(viii) Maintenance of records.
(c) The signature on the MOU required by paragraph (b) of this section must be that of the chief officer of the
(d) Copies of MOUs signed by the Commandant in accordance with this part and of lists of independent laboratories which have been accepted as recognized laboratories but which have not yet been added to the lists included in this subchapter may be obtained at the address listed in § 159.001-5.
(a) If any of the information submitted under § 159.010-5(a) changes, the laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing of each change within 30 days after the change has occurred.
(b) If any change in the independent laboratory occurs which affects its performance under the MOU required under § 159.010-7, the laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing within 30 days after the change occurs. The Commandant may terminate the MOU, or may require amendments or revisions.
(a) No independent laboratory may contract or transfer to another person or laboratory the performance or supervision of inspections or tests, or both, required under an applicable subpart for which it is accepted or listed unless—
(1) A request in writing regarding the contract or transfer is submitted to the Commandant before the contract is executed or the transfer is completed; and
(2) The Commandant notifies the laboratory in writing that the contract or the transfer is allowed.
(b) [Reserved]
The acceptance or recognition of a laboratory terminates if the laboratory—
(a) Requests termination;
(b) Is no longer in business;
(c) Knowingly fails to perform or supervise an inspection or test, or both, as required in an applicable subpart;
(d) Knowingly attests to the lack of errors, omissions, or false statement of an approval test report that contains errors omissions, or false statements;
(e) Does not meet the requirements of § 159.010-3(a);
(f) Does not comply with § 159.010-11;
(g) Contracts or transfers the performance or supervision of required inspections or tests to another laboratory or person without the approval of the Commandant; or
(h) Fails to, or in the opinion of the Commandant is unable to, carry out its responsibilities under an MOU required by § 159.010-7.
(a) If the Coast Guard receives evidence of grounds for termination of acceptance or recognition of an independent laboratory under § 159.010-17, the Commandant will notify the laboratory that termination is under consideration. The laboratory may submit written comments to the Commandant within 21 days of receipt of the notification. The Commandant will take all timely written comments into account
(b) If a deficiency could materially affect the validity of an approval issued under an applicable subpart, the Commandant may temporarily suspend the acceptance of the laboratory and may direct the holder of the certificate of approval to cease claiming that the items tested or inspected by the laboratory are Coast Guard approved, pending a final decision in the matter.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703 and 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
(a) This subpart contains the general:
(1) Characteristics of life preservers (Type I personal flotation devices (PFDs));
(2) Approval procedures for life preservers; and
(3) Production oversight requirements for life preservers.
(b) Other subparts in this part specify the detailed requirements for standard type life preservers and may supplement the requirements in this subpart.
(a) A life preserver must be of such construction, material and workmanship that it can perform its intended function in all weathers and at all temperatures which may be expected in the
(b) A life preserver must be capable of supporting a minimum of 22 pounds in fresh water for 48 hours.
(c) Life preservers which depend upon loose or granulated material for buoyancy are prohibited.
(d) A life preserver must be:
(1) Simple in design;
(2) Capable of being:
(i) Worn inside-out,
(ii) worn clearly in only one way, or
(iii) Donned correctly without demonstration, instructions, or assistance by at least 75 percent of persons unfamiliar with the design; and
(3) Capable of being quickly adjusted for a secure fit to the body of wearers for which it is intended.
(e) A life preserver shall support the wearer in the water in an upright or slightly backward position, and shall provide support to the head so that the face of an unconscious or exhausted person is held above the water.
(f) A life preserver shall be capable of turning the wearer, upon entering the water, to a safe flotation position as described in paragraph (e) of this section.
(g) A life preserver shall not be appreciably deteriorated or rendered unable to perform its intended function by common oils or oil products.
(h) A life preserver shall be of a highly visible color, such as Indian Orange, International Orange, or Scarlet Munsell Red.
(i) A life preserver shall be of such construction, materials, and workmanship as to be at least equivalent to a standard type life preserver described in detail by other subparts in this part.
(j) Each thread in a life preserver regulated under subparts 160.002, 160.005 and 160.055 of this part must meet the requirements of a Federal or military specification in table 164.023-5(a) of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each seam.
(a)
(b) Each application for approval of a life preserver must contain the information specified in § 159.005-5 of this chapter. The application and, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d)(2) of this section, a prototype life preserver must be submitted to the Commandant for preapproval review. If a similar design has already been approved, the Commandant may waive the preapproval review under §§ 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 of this chapter.
(c) If the life preserver is of a standard design, as described by subpart 160.002, 160.005, or 160.055, the application:
(1) Must include the following: A statement of any exceptions to the standard plans and specifications, including drawings, product description, construction specifications, and/or bill of materials.
(2) Need not include: The information specified in § 159.005-5(a)(2).
(d) If the life preserver is of a non-standard design, the application must include the following:
(1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by § 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
(2) The information specified in § 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through (iii) of this chapter, except that, if preapproval review has been waived, the manufacturer is not required to send a prototype PFD sample to the Commandant.
(3) Performance testing results of the design performed by an independent laboratory, that has a Memorandum of Understanding with the Coast Guard under § 159.010-7 of this subchapter covering the in-water testing of personal flotation devices, showing equivalence to the standard design's performance in all material respects.
(4) The Approval Type sought (Type I or Type V).
(5) Any special purpose(s) for which the life preserver is designed and the
(6) Buoyancy and other relevant tolerances to be complied with during production.
(7) The text of any optional marking to be included on the life preserver in addition to the markings required by the applicable approval subpart.
(8) For any conditionally approved life preserver, the intended approval condition(s).
(e) The description of quality control procedures required by § 159.005-9 of this chapter may be omitted if the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures meet the requirements of those accepted by the Commandant for the independent laboratory performing production inspections and tests.
(f)
(1) Satisfactory test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar design as determined by the Commandant.
(2) Engineering analysis demonstrating that the test for which a waiver is requested is not appropriate for the particular design submitted for approval or that, because of its design or construction, it is not possible for the PFD to fail that test.
(a)
(b)
(1)
(i) Perform all tests and examinations necessary to show compliance with this subpart and subpart under which the life preserver is approved on each lot before any inspector's tests and inspection of the lot;
(ii) Follow established procedures for maintaining quality control of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product; and
(iii) Allow an inspector to take samples of completed units or of component materials for tests required by this subpart and for tests relating to the safety of the design.
(2)
(i) The manufacturer has a valid approval certificate; and
(ii) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production methods and any revisions to those methods.
(3) At least quarterly, the inspector shall check the manufacturer's compliance with the company's quality control procedures, examine the manufacturer's required records, and observe the manufacturer perform each of the required production tests.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample life preserver failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less than ten specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1) First quality workmanship;
(2) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components, such as body straps, closures, tie tapes, and drawstrings, are as specified in the approved plans and specifications;
(3) Compliance with the marking requirements in the applicable approval subpart; and
(4) The information pamphlet specified in 33 CFR part 181 subpart G, if required, is securely attached to the device, with the PFD selection information visible and accessible prior to purchase.
(i)
(j)
(a)
(1) Military Specifications:
(2) Federal Specification:
(3) Federal Standards:
(4) Coast Guard specifications:
(b)
(c)
(d) [Reserved]
Each life preserver specified in this subpart is to be a:
(a) Model 3, adult, 24 ounces kapok; or
(b) Model 5, child, 16 ounces kapok.
All components used in the construction of the life preserver must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and the following requirements apply to individual components;
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted by the manufacturer of a life preserver and the accepted laboratory inspector in accordance with this section and § 160.001-5.
(b)
(c)
Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in waterproof ink on a front section:
(a) In letters three-quarters of an inch or more in height:
(1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
(b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
(a)
(1) Federal Specification:
(2) Federal Standards:
(3) Military Specification:
(b)
(c)
Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
(a) Model 52, adult, 46 ounces fibrous glass; or
(b) Model 56, child, 30 ounces fibrous glass.
All components used in the construction of a life preserver must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and the following requirements apply to individual components:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted by the manufacturer of a life preserver and the accepted laboratory inspector in accordance with this section and § 160.001-5.
(b)
(c)
Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in waterproof lettering on a front section:
(a) In letters three-fourths inch or more in height:
(1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
(b) In letters capable of being read at a distance of 2 feet:
(a)
(b)
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, “Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference,” which appears in the Finding Aids section of this volume. In that table is found the date of the edition approved, citations to the particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated, addresses where the material is available, and the date of the approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in the table, notice of change must be published in the
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart are:
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6) One with a capacity of 13 or more persons must be reversible, with the floor arranged between the buoyancy chambers so that the apparatus can, floating either side up, accommodate the number of persons for which it is approved. One with a capacity of 12 or fewer persons must either be reversible in the same manner, or be designed so that it can be readily righted by one person.
(7) One with a capacity of 25 or more persons must be provided with self-bailing floor drains. If the floor of a reversible one includes one or more drains, each drain must be arranged to completely drain the floor of water when the device is fully loaded, and must prevent water from flowing back onto the floor.
(8) If the buoyancy tubes are not vivid reddish orange, vivid yellow, or a fluorescent color of a similar hue, panels of such hue must be secured to the buoyancy chambers so that a minimum of 1 m
(9)
(i) For an apparatus with a capacity of less than 25 persons, at least one ramp must be provided;
(ii) For an apparatus with a capacity of 25 or more persons, at least two ramps must be provided; and
(iii) The boarding ramps required by this paragraph must allow persons to board with either side of a reversible
(10)
(i) One ladder must be provided on each apparatus with a capacity of less than 25 persons, except that, for an apparatus with a capacity of 13 or more persons that is not equipped with a boarding ramp, two ladders must be provided.
(ii) Two ladders must be provided on each apparatus with a capacity of 25 or more persons.
(iii) The ladders required by this paragraph must allow persons to board with either side of a reversible apparatus floating up, or the full number of ladders required must be installed on each side.
(11) One or more exterior canopy lamps meeting the requirements of § 160.151-15(n) of this subchapter must be provided such that—
(i) On a non-reversible inflatable buoyant apparatus, one lamp is mounted so that it is on the uppermost surface of the floating apparatus; and
(ii) On a reversible apparatus, two lamps are mounted so that one lamp is on the uppermost surface of the apparatus, whichever side is floating up.
(12)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1) The apparatus must be reversible regardless of size.
(2) The surface of the buoyancy tubes must be of a non-slip material. At least 25 percent of the surface of the buoyancy tubes must meet the color requirements of § 160.151-15(e).
(3) The length of the painter should be such that the apparatus inflates automatically upon reaching the water.
(4) An additional bowsing-in line must be fitted to an apparatus with a capacity of more than 30 persons.
(5) The apparatus must be fitted with boarding ramps regardless of size.
(6) An apparatus with a capacity of 30 or fewer persons must be fitted with at least one floor drain.
(7) In addition to the equipment specified in § 160.010-3(a)(12), the apparatus must be provided with—
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(8) Marking and labeling of the apparatus must be in accordance with § 160.151-33, except that the device must be identified as a “NON-SOLAS REVERSIBLE”, and the equipment pack must be identified as an “HSC Pack”.
(a) Each buoyant apparatus must be capable of passing the tests in § 160.010-7.
(b) Materials not covered in this subpart must be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended.
(c) Buoyant apparatus must be effective and stable, floating either side up.
(d) Each buoyant apparatus must be of such size and strength that it can be handled without the use of mechanical appliances, and its weight must not exceed 185 kg (400 lb.).
(e) The buoyant material must be as near as possible to the sides of the apparatus.
(f) Each buoyant apparatus must have a life line securely attached around the outside, festooned in bights no longer than 1 m (3 ft.), with a seine float in each bight, unless the line is of an inherently buoyant material and absorbs little or no water. The life line must be at least 10 mm (
(g) Pendants must be fitted approximately 450 mm (18 in.) apart around the outside of each buoyant apparatus. Each pendant must be at least 6 mm (
(h) Each peripheral body type buoyant apparatus without a net or platform on the inside must also have a life line and pendants around the inside.
(i) Synthetic line or webbing must not be used unless it is of a type represented by its manufacturer as ultraviolet light resistant, or it is pigmented in a dark color. A typical method of securing lifelines and pendants to straps of webbing is shown in Figure 160.010-3(i). If webbing is used to secure life lines and pendants, it must be at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide and must have a breaking strength of at least 3.4 kN (750 lb.) for apparatus of under 25 persons capacity, and 6.7 kN (1,500 lb.) for apparatus of 25 persons capacity and higher.
(j) Buoyant apparatus must have a fitting with an inside diameter of at least 50 mm (2 in.) for the attachment of a painter.
(k) Each edge and exposed corner must be well rounded. Buoyant apparatus with a rectangular cross-section must have corners rounded to a radius of at least 75 mm (3 in.).
(l) Buoyant apparatus must not have any evident defects in workmanship.
(m) Each metal part of a buoyant apparatus must be—
(1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
(2) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact with it.
(n) The color of the buoyant apparatus must be primarily vivid reddish orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the “Color Names Dictionary.”
(o) When fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic is used in the construction of a buoyant apparatus, each cut edge of laminate must be protected from entry of moisture by resin putty or an equivalent method.
(p) Each buoyant apparatus must have Type II retroreflective material meeting subpart 164.018 of this chapter on each side and end. The material must be in strips at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide extending from top to bottom over the side or end and continuing over the top and bottom surfaces of the apparatus. For peripheral body apparatus, each strip must extend completely over the top and bottom surface of the body. For box type apparatus, the strip must extend at least 300 mm (12 in.) inboard from the edge over the top and bottom surface. Each strip must be positioned near the center of the side or end, but so that it is not obscured by any strap. A typical arrangement is shown in Figure 160.010-3(p).
(a) Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy must have a plastic foam body with an external protective covering. The body may be reinforced as necessary to meet the tests in § 160.010-7.
(b) Plastic foam used in the construction of buoyant apparatus must be a unicellular type accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting one of the following:
(1) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter.
(2) MIL-P-19644.
(3) MIL-P-21929.
(4) MIL-P-40619.
(c) The external protective covering must be—
(1) Fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic, constructed of a polyester resin listed on the current Qualified Products List for MIL-P-21607, or accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting MIL-P-21607;
(2) Elastomeric vinyl accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting § 160.055-3(j) of this chapter; or
(3) Any other material accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as providing equivalent protection for the body of the apparatus.
(a) The number of persons for which a buoyant apparatus is approved must be the lowest number determined by the following methods:
(1) Final buoyancy of the buoyant apparatus in Newtons after the watertight integrity test as described in § 160.010-7 (e) and (f), divided by 145 (divided by 32 if buoyancy is measured in pounds). The divisor must be changed to 180 (40 if buoyancy is measured in pounds) if the apparatus is designed so that persons supported are only partially immersed or where facilities are provided for climbing on top of the apparatus.
(2) Number of 300 mm (1 ft.) increments in the outside perimeter of the buoyant apparatus. The inside edge of
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1)
(2)
Because of the lever ratio of the beam loading apparatus described here, the actual loads applied to the apparatus are twice the loads shown in the Table.
(e)
(1) Uses the same plastic buoyancy foam used in previous production lots,
(2) Determines that the density of each batch of foam used is within a range specified on the approved plans, and
(3) Closely controls the amount of foam used in each apparatus.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(a) A substantial nameplate must be permanently attached to each buoyant apparatus. The nameplate must contain the name of the manufacturer, lot designation or serial number, approval number, dimensions, and number of persons capacity. Space must be provided for the date, and the identification of the independent laboratory.
(b) The nameplates of buoyant apparatus accepted must be marked with the identification of the independent laboratory and the date.
(a) A buoyant apparatus is approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) The test required for approval are those in § 160.010-7, and must be performed on the first production lot of buoyant apparatus produced by the manufacturer.
(a) The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) Federal Specification:
(b)
(1) Dwg. No. 160.013-1 (b)—Hatchet (Lifeboat and Life Raft).
(c)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) Coast Guard regulations; Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-259 (46 CFR (subchapter J) parts 110 to 113, inclusive of this chapter).
(2) Coast Guard regulations; Marine Engineering Regulations (46 CFR subchapter F, parts 50 to 63, inclusive in this chapter).
(b)
(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction of lifeboat winches. Lifeboat winches approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) Lifeboat winches for use with gravity davits shall have grooved drums of such size that there will be only one wrap of wire on the drum. Lifeboat winches for use with mechanical davits need not be grooved and may be designed to take more than one wrap.
(c) Lifeboat winches shall be designed to lower under the force of gravity alone. There shall be no provisions for power lowering. A suitable hand wheel shall be attached to the winch to overhaul the falls in addition to any hand cranks provided.
(d) If the lifeboat winch is to be used in conjunction with nested lifeboats where the same falls are used for both boats, suitable means shall be provided for rapidly retrieving the falls by hand power.
(e) The installation of lifeboat winches shall be such that the fleet angle for grooved drums does not exceed 8 degrees, and for nongrooved drums does not exceed 4 degrees.
(f) Suitable hand cranks shall be provided for hoisting in addition to any other means for hoisting.
(g) Suitable fabric covers shall be provided, so fitted over exposed mechanisms that ice formations may be readily broken adrift when necessary to operate the winch.
(h) Falls shall not lead past any position that may be needed for the operation of the winch, such as hand cranks, pay-out wheels, brake levers, etc.
(i) Where falls lead along a deck they shall be suitably covered and so arranged that the top of the cover does not exceed 12 inches above the deck.
(j) Lifeboat winches shall be so designed that when located aboard merchant vessels the operator can observe the movement of the lifeboat during the lowering operation.
(k) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the working load is the maximum load in pounds applied to the winch for which approval is desired.
(k-1) The exterior of a winch shall be designed to minimize such crevices, pockets, and inaccessible areas that when corroded would require disassembly of the winch for their scaling and painting.
(k-2) [Reserved]
(l) The requirements of this subpart shall be complied with unless other arrangements in matters of construction details, design, strength, equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the Commandant.
(a) Lifeboat winches shall be of such strength that the lifeboat may be lowered safely with its full complement of persons and equipment. Additionally, a lifeboat winch used in hoisting an emergency lifeboat of a passenger vessel shall be capable of meeting the test specified in § 160.015-5(b)(9). A minimum factor of safety of six on the ultimate strength of the material shall be maintained at all times based on the approved working load.
(b) Worm gears, spur gears, or a combination of both, may be used in the construction of lifeboat winches. All gears shall be machine cut and made of steel, bronze, or other suitable material properly keyed to shafts. The use of cast iron is not permitted for these parts.
(c) Screws, nuts, bolts, pins, keys, etc., securing moving parts shall be
(d) Drums shall be so arranged as to keep the falls separate, and to pay out the falls at the same rate. Clutches between the drums shall not be permitted unless bolted locking devices are used.
(e) The diameter of the drums shall be at least 16 times the diameter of the falls.
(f) A weighted lever hand brake shall be used to control the lowering by the lifeboat winch. It shall be of a type which is normally in the “on” position unless manually held in the “off” position, and shall return to the “on” position as soon as the brake lever is released.
(g) In addition to the hand brake, a governor type brake shall be fitted so as to control the speed of lowering of the lifeboat in accordance with § 160.015-5(b) (4) and (5).
(h) Positive means of lubrication shall be provided for all bearings. When worm gears are used the worm wheel shall operate in an oil bath. Means shall be provided so that the oil level in the gear case may be easily checked. The manufacturer shall furnish a lubrication chart for each winch together with a plate attached to the winch indicating the lubricant recommended for extremes in temperature.
(i) When lifeboat winches are fitted with power for hoisting, a suitable clutch shall be fitted to disengage the power installation during the lowering operation. In addition, the air or electric power outlet for a portable power unit shall be located adjacent to the winch where the unit is to be coupled. This power outlet shall be interconnected with and protected by the same system of safety devices as required for winches with built-in-motors.
(j) Where power-driven lifeboat winches are used, including those driven by portable power units, such as air or electric drills, positive means shall be provided for controlling the power to the lifeboat winch. This shall be so arranged that the operator must hold the master switch or controller in the “on” or “hoist” position for hoisting, and when released will immediately shut off the power.
(k) Limit switch and emergency disconnect switch requirements:
(1) A main line emergency disconnect switch shall be provided, the opening of which will disconnect all electrical potential to the lifeboat winch. This switch shall be located in a position accessible to the person in charge of the boat stowage, and for gravity davit installations, shall be in a position from which the movement of both davit arms can be observed as they approach the final stowed position.
(2) Where power driven winches are used with gravity davits, two limit switches, one for each davit arm, shall be provided to limit the travel of the davit arms as they approach the final stowed position. These switches shall be connected in series, they may be connected in either the control or the power circuit, and they shall be so arranged that the opening of either switch will disconnect all electrical potential of the circuit in which the switches are connected. These switches shall be arranged to stop the travel of the davit arms not less than 12 inches from their final stowed position and they shall remain open until the davit arms move outboard beyond the tripping position of the switches.
(3) Other arrangements equivalent in design and safety will be given special consideration.
(l) Where power driven winches are used, satisfactory means shall be provided to disconnect power to the winch before a hand crank can be engaged with the winch operating shaft, and this interruption of power shall be maintained while the hand crank is so engaged. Mechanical means for accomplishing the above, such as throw-out couplings on the sockets of the hand cranks, will be given special consideration.
(m) Motors, switches, controls, cables, etc., shall be of the waterproof type if installed on an open deck. Controls may be of the dripproof type if installed in a deck house or under deck. Installations shall be in accordance with subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter (Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-259).
(n) All moving parts shall have suitable guards.
(o) Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders certified by the U. S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. Navy Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.
(p) Inspection openings shall be provided in the winch housing or the housing itself shall be so arranged as to permit examination of the internal working parts.
(q) Motor clutches, when used, shall be of either frictional or positive engaging type. When one motor is used for two winches, the clutch shall be so arranged that only one winch shall be engaged at any one time. The clutch operating lever shall be capable of remaining in any position when subject to vibration and shall be so arranged that when in neutral position, both -lifeboats may be lowered simultaneously.
(a) A lifeboat winch shall be approved for a working load after it has been demonstrated by detailed calculations that this working load can be carried with a minimum factor of safety of six based on the ultimate strengths of the materials. It will also be necessary to conduct the tests specified in § 160.015-5.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(2) A pull of 2.2 times the working load, equally divided between drums, shall be applied in a direction similar to a shipboard installation. The test weight producing this load shall be dropped through a distance of not less than 15 feet, at which time this weight shall be stopped within a distance of 2 feet by action of the counterweight alone on the hand brake.
(3) A test identical to that noted in paragraph (b)(2) of this section shall be conducted after the braking surfaces have been thoroughly wetted. The test weight shall be stopped by the action of the counterweight alone within a distance of 6 feet. The test need only be applied to lifeboat winches having external brakes.
(4) With a pull equal to the working load, it shall be determined that the governor brake will limit the speed of lowering of the test weight to a maximum of 120 feet per minute, except that, in the case of winches designed for use with emergency lifeboats aboard passenger vessels, the speed of lowering shall not exceed 160 feet per minute.
(5) With a pull equal to 0.3 times the working load, it shall be determined that the winch will lower the test weight at not less than 40 feet per minute, except that, in the case of
(6) With a pull equal to the working load, the test weight shall be lowered and raised a sufficient number of times so that the combined lowering distance is not less than 500 feet. This test is to determine the efficiency of the lifeboat winch for prolonged service.
(7) With a pull equal to 0.5 times the working load, it shall be demonstrated that the lifeboat winch can be hand operated by hoisting the test weight without undue effort. For gravity davits, it shall be demonstrated that this test weight can be carried easily from a point at which the traveling blocks of the falls are 1 foot below their outboard, two-blocked position, and then up and around the bend of the trackways to the stowed position of the lifeboat.
(8) Where a quick return mechanism is installed it shall be demonstrated that a weight equal to 2.2 times the weight of the empty blocks can be handily retrieved through the regular reeving of the falls at a rate of not less than 40 feet per minute at the drum by one man.
(9) The following test applies to a -lifeboat winch used for hoisting an emergency lifeboat of a passenger vessel. With a weight equal to the weight of the emergency lifeboat and its full complement of persons and equipment, it shall be demonstrated that the weight can be hoisted through the regular reeving of the falls at a rate of not less than 20 feet per minute, to the embarkation position.
(10) After the tests noted in paragraphs (b)(2) to (9) of this section have been conducted, the winch shall be completely disassembled and the marine inspector shall ascertain that no undue stress or wear has been incurred.
(c)
(2) Each lifeboat winch shall be set up in a manner similar to that described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. With a pull equal to 1.1 times the working load, the test weight shall be dropped through a distance of not less than 15 feet, at which time the load shall be stopped by the action of the counterweight alone. This test is to demonstrate the operation of the winch, and if satisfactory, no further test need be required. However, if the inspector is not satisfied with the operation of the winch, a complete test as noted in paragraph (b) of this section may be required.
(d)
(a) Before action is taken on any design of lifeboat winch, detail plans covering fully the arrangement and construction of the lifeboat winch, a complete bill of material setting forth the physical properties of the materials used, and strength calculations, shall be submitted to the Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District having jurisdiction over the construction of the lifeboat winch.
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the lifeboat winch is to be built, shall be notified in writing when fabrication is to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise the construction in accordance with the plans and upon completion, conduct the tests required by § 160.015-5.
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, changes, or additions
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings, material affidavits, and satisfactory test report, the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the lifeboat winch is built.
(a) The following specification of the issue in effect on the date flame safety lamps are manufactured forms a part of this subpart:
(1) Military specification:
(b) A copy of the above specification shall be kept on file by the manufacturer together with the approved plan and certificate of approval issued by the Coast Guard.
(a) Flame safety lamps for use on merchant vessels shall comply with the construction requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-1204.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Flame safety lamps shall be permanently and legibly marked with the name and address of the manufacturer and the type or model designation for the lamp.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production tests for chain ladders used on a merchant vessel to get on and off the vessel in an emergency.
(b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a chain ladder designed for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.
The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted by or under the supervision of an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(1) Each rung must be wooden, or a material of equivalent strength, durability, handhold, and step surface characteristics.
(2) In order to provide a suitable handhold and step surface, the width of each rung must be at least 40 mm (1
(3) The distance between the rungs in each step must be uniform. This distance must be between 40 mm (1
(4) Each rung must be attached to a spacer ear by a method that prevents the rung from rotating and that supports it in a horizontal position when the ladder is hung vertically.
(g)
(1) All spacer ears on a ladder must be the same size and shape.
(2) The top and bottom of each spacer ear must be attached to a suspension member.
(3) The top point of attachment must be at least 100 mm (4 in.) above the top surfaces of the rungs attached to the spacer ear.
(4) Each spacer ear made of sheet metal must have features such as formed ribs, rolled flange edges, and stress relief holes at the ends of cuts,
(h)
(i)
(a) Each chain ladder must be capable of being rolled up for storage.
(b) Each ladder when rolled up must be able to unroll freely and hang vertically.
(a) Each chain ladder must be designed to pass the approval tests in § 160.17-21.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(a) Each chain ladder step manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the bottom with—
(1) The name of the manufacturer;
(2) The manufacturer's brand or model designation;
(3) The lot number and date of manufacture; and
(4) The Coast Guard approval number.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) “The Universal Color Language” and “The Color Names Dictionary” in
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register Library.
(a) Hand red flare distress signals specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle end, the casing being filled with a flare composition and having a button of ignition material at the top, with a removable cap having a friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by pulling a tear strip. The flare is ignited by scraping the friction striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the flare. The general arrangement of the flare is shown by Figure No. 160.021-2(a). Alternate arrangements which conform to all the performance requirements of this specification (and other arrangements which conform with all performance requirements except candlepower and burning time, but provide not less than 3,000 candela-minutes with a minimum of
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(ii) The test must be conducted in a draft-free location. The ambient temperature, the temperature of the water, and the temperature of the heptane must all be between 20 °C (68 °F) and 25 °C (77 °F) at the time of the test.
(iii) The signal under test must be held with the flame end pointing upward at an angle of approximately 45°, 1.2 m (4 ft.) directly above the center of the pan. The signal must be ignited as soon as the heptane is observed to spread out over the water in continuous layer. The signal must be allowed to burn completely, and must remain in position until is has cooled.
(iv) The heptane must not be ignited by the flare or by material from the flare.
(a)
Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No.__). Manufactured by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No.__
(b)
(c)
(2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing carton or box containing hand red flare distress signals, such cartons or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) “The Color Names Dictionary” in
(2) “Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,” National Bureau of Standards Report 4792, July 1956.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal Register Library.
(a) Floating orange smoke distress signals, specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will be given special consideration.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(i) Any change in construction details,
(ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
(iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a previously discontinued production line.
(2)
(3)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(a)
(b)
(2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
(c)
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) Military specifications MIL-S-18655 C, 3 May 1971—Signal, Smoke and Illumination, Marine, Mark 13, Mod 0.
(b) The military specification may be obtained from Customer Service, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA. 19120 (tel: (215)697-2000). This specification is also on file in the Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on November 1, 1979.
(a) Hand combination flare and smoke distress signals specified by this subpart shall be of the type described in specification MIL-S-18655.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail requirements shall conform to the requirements of specification MIL-S-18655, except as otherwise specifically provided by this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) “The Universal Color Language” and “The Color Names Dictionary” in
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register Library.
(a) Pistol-projected parachute red flare distress signals specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of a cartridge having centered primer, propelling charge, and projectile consisting of a case, delay element, expelling charge, and pyrotechnic candle attached to a parachute by shroud lines; the cartridge to be of such dimensions that it can be fitted into and fired from a signal pistol with chamber and bore dimensions within the limits provided by Figure 160.028-2(a) of subpart 160.028 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month and year of manufacture.
(3) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing carton or box containing cartridges, each carton or box shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, the date of manufacture, and the lot number.
(4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) Military specifications:
(2) U.S. Public Health Service:
(b)
(a) Emergency drinking water for lifeboats and life rafts and its hermetically sealed container shall be as specified herein, but alternate containers will be given special consideration.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) Only water meeting the U.S. Public Health Service “Drinking Water Standards” which has been suitably inhibited to protect the container against corrosion shall be used. After treatment and packing the water shall
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(a) Each life float must meet the requirements in subpart 160.010 of this chapter for a peripheral body type buoyant apparatus designed so that persons supported are only partially immersed (180 N (40 lb.) of buoyancy per person required).
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each life float must have a platform designed to drop through the center of the float, whichever way the life float is floating. A typical arrangement is shown in Figure 160.027-3(a).
(b) The platform must meet the requirements of one of the following paragraphs:
(1) A lattice type platform must be of western red cedar, port orford cedar, sitka spruce, northern white pine, or southern cypress slats constructed on an oak frame. The slats must have nominal cross-section dimensions not less than 90 mm (3
(i) Frame members,
(ii) Slats, and
(iii) Frame members and slats.
(2) A plywood platform must be made of exterior or marine type plywood with surfaces that are either “A” or “B” grade as commonly designated in the plywood industry. Holes 35 mm (1
(i) 12.5 mm (
(ii) 16 mm (
(iii) 19 mm (
(3) A platform of construction differing from that described in either (1) or (2) of this paragraph will be approved if it has holes to permit the passage of water and if it passes the tests in § 160.027-7. The number of holes must be the same as required for a plywood platform. If the platform is netting on a frame, the netting must be constructed of cordage with a breaking strength of at least 1600 N (355 lb.). The netting must be constructed on not more than 5 cm (2 in.) centers and must be knotted together at each point where the lines intersect.
(c) Each platform must be of a material that is resistant to deterioration by exposure to weather or must have a surface that protects it from deterioration by exposure to weather. For a wood platform, this surface must be at least two coats of water resistant spar varnish, or two coats of marine paint.
(d) Each part of the platform, including surfaces, edges, and rivets must be smooth and must not have cutting edges, points, or splinters which would be dangerous for bare feet.
(e) The platform must be arranged so that under normal stowed conditions, it can be retained in the center of the float and can be readily released from this position for use.
(f) The platform must be suspended from the body of the float by a net or an equivalent arrangement, which when fully extended, holds the top of the platform approximately 900 mm (36 in.) below the center of the float body.
(1) The net must be constructed of cordage with a minimum breaking strength of 1600 N (355 lb.). The net must be attached to the platform through holes on centers that do not exceed 165 mm (6
(2) If the platform is suspended from the body of the float by an arrangement other than a net as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the arrangement must be of equivalent to the net in terms of strength, resistance to tangling, and allowing the platform to freely pass through the center of the life float body.
(a) The tests in this section are for life float platforms that do not meet the requirements of either § 160.027-3(b) (1) or (2).
(b) The float body must be supported so that the platform is suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement. The platform must be loaded evenly with a weight equal to 60 percent of the weight of the total number of persons for which the float is to be rated, assuming a weight of 75 kg (165 lb.) per person. The weight must be allowed to remain on the platform for ten minutes after which it is removed. The supporting arrangement and platform must not show any evidence of damage or permanent deformation as a result of this test.
(c) The float body must be supported so that the platform is suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement. A bag of sand, shot or similar granular material weighing 90 kg (200 lb.) must be dropped onto the center of the platform
(d) As part of the buoyancy test required in § 160.010-7(e) of this chapter, the platform must be loaded with weights equal to
Since the weights on the platform will be submerged during this test, allowance must be made for the displacement of the submerged weights. The weight required is calculated by the formula W=(18d)/(d-4895), where W is the required submerged weight per person (in kg) and d is the density of the material (in kg/m
(a) Each signal pistol for launching a parachute distress signal that meets subpart 160.024 of this part must be of the center-firing type having chamber and bore dimensions within the limits indicated by Figure No. 160.028-2(a).
(b) A signal pistol for launching an aerial flare not under paragraph (a) of this section may have any chamber and bore dimensions if they are not the dimensions for a conventional round of ammunition.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(1) Check the chamber and bore dimensions of the pistol.
(2) Fire a dummy cartridge simulating a normal signal in size and weight, but with a charge double the normal charge.
(3) Fire a normal signal.
(4) Recheck the chamber and bore dimensions.
(5) The pistol must fire the signal properly, must not have any visible deformation or damage as a result of the test, and must not have any change in the chamber and bore dimensions.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following Federal specification is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) T-R-605 b, December 13, 1963 and Amendment 3, April 17, 1973—Rope, Manila, and Sisal.
(b) The Federal specification may be obtained from Customer Service, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA. 19120 (tel: (215)697-2000). This specification is also on file in the Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on September 24, 1979.
(a) The shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance shall be breech-loading for the cartridge and muzzle-loading for the projectile, of not more than 13 mm (0.50 in.) caliber, chambered for blank rifle cartridges, smooth bored, and properly stocked, with shot line canister attached in a position below the barrel.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) All materials used in the construction of shoulder gun type line-throwing appliances and equipment shall be of good quality, suitable for the purpose intended, and shall conform to the requirements of this specification. The choice of materials shall be such that resistance to corrosion by salt water or spray, shock, temperature change, and wear will be obtained. The use of dissimilar metals in combination shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts are necessary, provision shall be made to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing or buckling of moving parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due to difference in coefficients of thermal expansion.
(b) The design and construction shall be proper and substantial for effective and safe operation aboard ship.
(c) The workmanship shall be first class and free from any imperfections of manufacture affecting appearance or serviceability of the gun.
(d) The gun, when loaded and fired in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, shall be capable of propelling through relatively still air, the service projectile with service line attached, for a distance of not less than 75 m (250 ft.) with deviation from the target not to exceed 4.5 m (15 ft.) either side.
(a) Ten service projectiles, each machined from steel or bronze, weighing about 225 g (8 oz.), and having a shank of sufficient length to project slightly beyond the muzzle, with an eye at the upper end for securing the service line.
(b) Four service lines, each not less than 180 m (600 ft.) in length, of 1.5 mm (
(c) One auxiliary line consisting of at least 150 m (500 ft.) of 7.5 mm (3 in.) circumference manila complying with federal specification T-R-605.
(d) Twenty-five cartridges of the caliber and loading specified in the instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the gun. The cartridges shall be blank with waterproof paper wad.
(e) One cleaning rod with brush.
(f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning the gun and preserving the finish of the metal parts.
(g) Twelve wiping patches of a size suitable for cleaning the bore.
(h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment furnished with the gun, the proper caliber and loading of the cartridges to be used in firing the gun, information as to the proper maintenance of the gun and equipment, and directions for loading and firing in service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic and mounted conspicuously in the case or box required by § 160.031-4(i).
(i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on merchant vessels. The auxiliary line need not be stowed in the case.
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(1) Three rounds must be fired by the gun, at least one of which must be with a service line attached to a projectile.
(2) The projectile must be fired first by aiming it down an open course, and measuring the distance and deviation of the projectile.
(3) After the projectile is fired, the other two rounds must be fired.
(4) The distance and deviation of the projectile must be in accordance with § 160.031-3(d) the gun must fire each round properly and the gun must not be fractured or damaged by the test.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) Shoulder gun line throwing appliances are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) Standards of ASTM:
(b)
(a) The requirements of this section apply to all new construction. Davits approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) Davits may be either of the mechanical or gravity types.
(1) Mechanical davits shall be designed to be swung out by screws, gears, or other means, using manual power for operation. Radial type davits with mechanical means for operating are not acceptable under this category.
(2) Gravity davits shall be designed to be swung out without the use of manual, electric, steam, or other power supplied by the vessel.
(3) Other types of davits will be given special consideration.
(c) Davits shall be so designed that it will not be necessary to take up or slack the falls in order to crank out the davits.
(d) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the weight of the persons shall be taken at 165 pounds each.
(e) The requirements of this subpart shall be complied with unless other arrangements in matters of construction details, design, strength, equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the Commandant.
(a)
(b)
(2) Gravity davits shall be designed so that they may be operated automatically from the full inboard to the full outboard position when the lifeboat is fully equipped, but not loaded with persons, it being assumed that the vessel is heeled 15 degrees in either direction and with a 10-degree trim. This operation shall be accomplished by merely releasing the brake of the lifeboat winch.
(c)
(2) Steel castings not intended for fusion welding shall be in accordance with ASTM A 36/A 36 M (incorporated by reference, see § 160.032-1), Grades U-60-30, 60-30, 65-30, 65-35, and 70-36.
(3) Steel castings intended to be fabricated by fusion welding shall be in accordance with ASTM Standard Specification A 216 (incorporated by reference, see § 160.032-1), Grades WCA and WCB.
(4) Cast iron shall not be used in the construction of davits.
(5) Special consideration shall be given to the use of other materials. Proper affidavits concerning these materials will be required.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a) Davits shall be approved for a working load after it has been demonstrated by detailed calculations that this working load can be carried with a minimum factor of safety of six based on the ultimate strength of the materials. It will also be necessary to conduct the tests specified in § 160.032-5.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(2) The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit stating that the structural steel complies with the requirements of the specification noted in § 160.032-3(c)(1).
(3) The affidavits referred to above shall be obtained from the foundry or mill supplying the material.
(b)
(2) A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load shall be suspended from the eye or end of the davit arm. With
(3) A weight equal to 0.5 times the normal working load shall be suspended from the eye or end of the davit arm. This load shall be moved from the full inboard to the full outboard position using the actual handles supplied with the davit. The time required for this operation shall not exceed 90 seconds. The above test shall also be conducted with the davits set up to simulate a 15-degree inboard list with a 10-degree trim to determine that the davits may be satisfactorily operated in that condition. The above test shall also be conducted with the davits set up to simulate a 15-degree outboard list with a 10-degree trim. This test shall determine that the davit arms will not run out under the weight of the light boat.
(4) A load of 1.1 times the normal working load shall be moved from the full outboard to the full inboard position to demonstrate the strength of operation of the return mechanism.
(5) Gravity davits shall be tested for strength and operation at the place of manufacture in the presence of an inspector. The davit arms, tracks, frames, attachments, etc., shall be set up in a manner similar to an actual shipboard installation. This installation shall include a lifeboat winch suitable for gravity davits and the falls shall be reeved in the normal manner. The tests to be conducted are as noted in paragraphs (b)(6) to (8) of this paragraph.
(6) A weight equal to 1.1 times the working load shall be run from the full inboard to the full outboard position with the davit assembly in the normal upright condition. The davit arm, trackways, etc., shall show no permanent set or undue stress from this test.
(7) A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load shall be attached to the falls and suspended from the davit arm when in the full outboard position. The load shall be swung in a fore and aft direction through an arc of approximately 10 degrees each side of the vertical. The davit arm and trackways shall show no permanent set or undue stress from this test.
(8) The entire davit assembly shall then be heeled inboard 15 degrees and with a 10-degree trim. In this condition a weight equal to 0.5 times the working load shall be suspended from the falls and shall be operated from the full inboard to the full outboard position. This test shall demonstrate that the load is sufficient to turn out the davit by merely releasing the brake on the winch. Stops shall be made at intervals between the inboard and outboard positions to assure that the davit will start from any position.
(c)
(2) After the design of a gravity davit has been approved, subsequent davit arms of the same design shall be individually tested as described in paragraph (b)(7) of this section, except that the swing test may be eliminated if not practicable.
(d)
(a) Before action is taken on any design of davit, detailed plans covering fully the arrangement and construction of the davit together with stress
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are satisfactory the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the davits are to be built shall be notified in writing when fabrication is to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise the construction in accordance with the plans and upon completion conduct the tests required by § 160.032-5.
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test report, the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the davits are built.
(a)
(1) Coast Guard specifications:
(b)
(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction. Mechanical disengaging apparatus approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) Mechanical disengaging apparatus installed in approved lifeboats shall be designed to release both ends of the lifeboat simultaneously under tension.
(c) Other types of mechanical disengaging apparatus will be considered for lifeboats fitted on vessels operating on waters other than ocean, coastwise or Great Lakes, or for vessels of 3,000 gross tons and under operating in ocean, coastwise or Great Lakes service.
(a) Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be of such strength that the lifeboat in which installed may be safely lowered with its full complement of persons and equipment. A minimum factor of safety of six on the ultimate strength of the materials used shall be maintained at all times based on the approved working load per hook.
(b) Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be designed to release both ends of the lifeboat simultaneously under tension, which shall be effected by partially rotating a shaft which shall be continuous and extend from point of contact with the hooks. The control effecting the rotation of the shaft shall be painted bright red and shall have
(c) If closed type hooks are used, arrangements shall be made to effect the release of the falls in the event that the gear is inoperable.
(d) Positive means of lubrication shall be provided for all bearings.
(e) Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders certified by the U. S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U. S. Navy Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.
(f) The manufacturer shall furnish mill or foundry affidavits relative to the physical and chemical properties of the materials used.
(a)
(b)
(2) Universal connections used to transmit the release power from the throw lever to the hook release shall be set up in a jig with the angles of leads set at 0.30, and 60 degrees, respectively. A load of 200 pounds shall be applied at the end of a lever arm 24 inches long. This load shall be applied with the connecting rod secured beyond the universal and with the lever arm in the horizontal position. This test shall demonstrate that the universals have strength adequate for the purpose intended. There shall be no permanent set, or undue stress as a result of this test. Consideration will be given to arrangements other than universals submitted for this transmission of power.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a) Before action is taken on any design of mechanical disengaging apparatus, detailed plans covering fully the arrangement and construction of the apparatus, together with stress diagrams and calculations relative to the strength, proposed test jig to be used in the test prescribed in § 160.033-4(b)(1), and a complete bill of material setting forth the physical and chemical properties of all the materials used shall be submitted to the Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District having jurisdiction over the construction of the mechanical disengaging apparatus.
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the mechanical disengaging apparatus is to be
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test report, the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the mechanical disengaging apparatus is built.
(a)
(1) Standards of ASTM:
(2) Military specifications:
(3) Federal specifications:
(4) Federal test method standard:
(5) Federal Communications Commission:
(6) Coast Guard specifications:
(b)
(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction. Lifeboats approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) All lifeboats must be properly constructed and shall be of such form and proportions that they shall be readily maneuverable, have ample stability in a seaway, and sufficient freeboard when fully loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment. All lifeboats shall be capable of maintaining positive stability when open to the sea and loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment. All lifeboats must be open boats with rigid sides having internal buoyancy only. Lifeboats with a rigid shelter may be approved, provided that it may be readily opened from both inside and outside, and does not impede rapid embarkation and disembarkation or the launching and handling of the lifeboat.
(c) Lifeboats may be constructed of steel, aluminum, fibrous glass reinforced plastic (FRP), or other materials receiving specific approval:
(1) The thwarts, side benches and footings of lifeboats shall be painted or otherwise colored international orange in accordance with Federal Specification TT-P-59. The area in way of the red mechanical disengaging gear control lever, from the keel to the side bench, shall be painted or otherwise colored white, to provide a contrasting background for the lever. This band of white should be approximately 12 inches wide depending on the internal arrangements of the lifeboat.
(d) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the weight of the persons shall be taken at 165 pounds each.
(a)
(b)
(2) Rivets and rolled or extruded shapes such as keel, stem, sternpost, gunwales, etc., shall be made by the open-hearth or electric furnace process in accordance with ASTM Standard Specification A 36 (incorporated by reference, see § 160.035-1). Consideration will be given to the use of other steels having equivalent strength where longitudinal cold forming is necessary.
(c)
(2) The connection of the floors to the shell shall be a single row of rivets not less than
(d)
(e)
(2) Bracket type gunwale braces will be given special consideration.
(f)
(2) The edges of all thwarts, side, and end benches shall be well rounded.
(3) Suitable foot rests shall be furnished at a distance of between 17 and 20 inches below the thwarts and side benches. This may be accomplished by raising the footings from the bottom of the boat.
(4) The leading edge of the thwart or end bench shall be located a minimum of 3 inches and a maximum of 6 inches distance from the Rottmer release gear.
(g)
(h)
(2) For construction and capacity of disengaging apparatus, see subpart 160.033.
(i)
(j)
(2) Where welded construction is employed, the material shall be galvanized after welding unless impractical to do so in which case consideration will be given to equivalent protection.
(3) Provisions shall be made to obtain a satisfactory bond between the metal and the paint.
(k)
(2) A suitable hinged or pivoted tiller shall be provided.
(3) Rudder stops shall be provided to limit the rudder angle to approximately 45 degrees each side of the centerline.
(l)
(2) At least 50 percent of the buoyancy shall be located along the sides of the boat and shall be so located that the boat will be on even keel when flooded.
(3) The tops of the buoyancy tanks or buoyancy units shall be protected by the side benches or other suitable means. The construction shall be such
(4)
(m)
(2) Water tanks shall be constructed of at least 18 USSG material. An opening with a dogged type cover shall be provided for removal of water cans. This opening shall be at least 7 inches in diameter, but in any case shall be of sufficient size that all water cans can be removed. In addition, built-in water tanks shall have an opening at least 13 inches in diameter with a bolted cover for the purpose of inspection and maintenance. A 2-inch diameter fill cap shall be installed for the purpose of storing rain water. A standard
(n)
(o)
(a)
(2) The engine shall be enclosed in a suitable engine box which shall be watertight with the exception of the top which may be weathertight. If the engine box is made of material other than steel or aluminum, such as fibrous glass reinforced plastic, it shall be
(3) Fuel tanks must be constructed of steel, fibrous glass reinforced plastic or other approved equivalent. Fuel tanks must be adequately supported and securely fastened inside the lifeboat to prevent any movement. Fuel tanks must have no openings in the bottom, sides or ends. Openings for fill, vent and feed pipes must be on the top surface of the tanks. The vent size for tanks of 50 gallons or less must not be less than
(i) Steel diesel oil fuel tanks shall have a thickness of not less than 12 USSG and shall not be galvanized on the inside; however, the outside of such tanks shall be so treated as to to obtain a corrosion resistance approximately equivalent to hot-dip galvanizing. Swash plates shall be fitted in tanks over 30 inches in length.
(ii) Fibrous glass reinforced plastic diesel oil fuel tanks shall have a thickness of not less than 0.187 inch. The resins used shall be of a fire retardant type and shall qualify under military specification MIL-R-21607. The mechanical properties of the tank shall not be less than Grade No. 4 of military specification MIL-P-17549. Mat, woven roving and 1000th cloth shall be used. Tank laminates shall not be constructed exclusively with fibrous glass fabrics. An increment of random oriented, chopped fibrous glass reinforcement is deemed necessary to prevent porosity. An ounce and a half per square foot is considered minimum. Inclusion of fabrics in low pressure laminates are recommended to impart satisfactory containment, strength, and rigidity. For maximum strength, tank surfaces should be cambered and curved wherein practical. Fittings shall be made of nonferrous metal and securely bonded to the tank with epoxy resin. A fibrous glass reinforced plate or boss of the same thickness as the tank proper and 1
(
(
(
(
(4) Propeller shafting shall be of bronze or other suitable corrosion resistant materials. Fittings, pipes, connections, etc., shall be of high standard and good workmanship, and installed in accordance with good marine practice. The exhaust manifold shall be suitably insulated.
(5) All engines shall be permanently installed and shall be equipped with an efficient cranking system. This system shall be one that can be operated by hand, such as a hand cranking, hydraulic cranking, or inertia cranking system, acceptable to the Commandant. If an electric cranking system consisting of an electric starter motor, generator and batteries are fitted, it shall be in addition to the required acceptable cranking system, the battery or batteries shall be installed within the watertight engine box. The battery box shall be so constructed as to retain the battery in position when the lifeboat is in a seaway. The battery box shall be 1 inch longer and 1 inch wider than the battery and shall be lined with 4-pound lead flashed up 3 inches on the sides and ends. The battery box may be made of fibrous glass reinforced plastic using a fire-retardant epoxy resin. This type of battery box will not be required to be lead lined.
(i)
(ii) The hydraulic cranking system shall be a self-contained system which will provide the required cranking forces and engine r.p.m. as recommended by the engine manufacturer. The capacity of the hydraulic cranking system shall provide not less than six cranking cycles. Each cranking cycle shall provide the necessary number of revolutions at the required r.p.m. to the engine to meet the requirements of carrying its full rated load within twenty seconds after cranking is initiated with intake air and hydraulic cranking system at 20 °F. Capacity of the hydraulic cranking system sufficient for three cranking cycles under the above conditions, shall be held in reserve and arranged so that the operation of a single control by one person will isolate the discharged or initially used part of the system and permit the reserve capacity to be employed. The installation of an engine-driven pump is recommended but is not required. The hydraulic cranking shall meet the requirements prescribed in 46 CFR 58.30 and 46 CFR 61.10-5 of Subchapter F, Marine Engineering Regulations. The hydraulic system when used in lifeboats as engine cranking systems shall be leak-tested at its operating pressure after installation.
(6) The following tools to perform emergency repairs and ordinary servicing shall be provided:
(b)
(c)
(d)
(2) The radio and source of power for the radio and the searchlight shall be housed and protected from the elements by a suitable radio cabin. The entire installation shall comply with the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission, Rules Governing Stations on Shipboard in the Maritime Services. The radio cabin shall be of a size to contain the radio and source of power for the radio and searchlight, and the operator of the equipment. The top and sides of the radio cabin shall be watertight with the exception of the door which need not be watertight but shall be at least weathertight. The installation of the radio cabin shall take into consideration the concentration of weight in this area.
(3) The searchlight shall be of an approved type constructed in accordance with specification Subpart 161.006 of this subchapter and shall be securely mounted on top of the radio cabin.
(4) The batteries shall be installed in a box securely fastened inside the radio cabin. The battery box shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(2) Fibrous glass reinforced plastic lifeboats may be of the following categories of hull construction:
(b)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(ii) When assembling two similar sections as indicated by categories B and D of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the weights of the matching F.R.P. pieces shall be within 5 percent of each other.
(iii) The recorded weights of the items indicated in paragraphs (b)(4) (i) and (ii) of this section shall be kept by the manufacturer, with each boat listed by size, type, and serial number.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(b)
(c)
(a) The maximum number of persons for which the lifeboat may be rated is determined as noted in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section. The smallest number obtained is the number to be used.
(1) The number of persons which a lifeboat shall be permitted to accommodate shall be equal to the greatest whole number obtained by dividing the capacity in cubic feet by the factor shown in Table 160.035-10(a). The net cubic capacity shall be determined by § 160.035-9(b).
(2) The number of persons permitted in the lifeboat shall not exceed the number for which seating space is provided as determined by drawing figures to scale of a size as noted in Figure 160.035-10(a)(2) on an arrangement plan of the lifeboat.
(3) The number of persons permitted in the lifeboat shall not exceed the number of persons wearing life preservers which can be seated in the lifeboat without interfering with the use of the oars or the operation of other propulsion equipment.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(c) Motor-propelled lifeboats must pass the tests as required for an oar-propelled lifeboat in § 160.035-3. In addition, speed tests over a measured course and fuel consumption tests on a time basis shall be made to determine that the fully loaded motor-propelled lifeboats can maintain a speed of 6 knots for all classes of motor-propelled lifeboats, and that for each class of motor-propelled lifeboat its fuel tanks carry sufficient fuel for at least 24 hours at 6 knots. A 4-hour endurance trial shall be conducted with the fully loaded lifeboat at the RPM attained in the speed test in order to insure that there is no overheating, undue vibration, or other condition which would warrant the belief that the lifeboat could not maintain its proper speed for 24 hours. The time consumed in conducting the speed and fuel consumption tests may be counted toward the 4-hour endurance test. It shall be demonstrated that all engines installed in motor lifeboats can be started by the acceptable cranking system installed with no previous warming up period.
(d) Hand-propelled lifeboats shall be subjected to the same tests as required for an oar-propelled lifeboat. In addition, a test shall be made to assure that the lifeboat can be satisfactorily maneuvered with the hand-propelling gear. A speed of at least three knots shall be achieved in both light and load condition over a measured course of not less than 1,000 feet.
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(a)
(b)
(i) When the major, individual components of the shell and inner hull or buoyancy casing are completed but before they are assembled together. At this stage the marine inspector shall satisfy himself that these components comply with the approved plans and specifications by visual inspection, thickness measurements and comparison of the weights of the components with the weights recorded for the same components in the prototype.
(ii) At the time the internal buoyancy is installed. If block plastic foam is used, it shall be inspected after it has been cut to size and shaped but before it is inserted and covered. The installation shall be completed in the presence of the marine inspector and he shall verify that the required amount is used by weighing the material. If foamed-in-place plastic foam is used, the marine inspector shall be present during the foaming operation. A sample of the foam shall be retained outside the boat and when it sets it shall be used to make a density determination of the material.
(iii) When the boat is completed. At this stage the marine inspector shall check the scantlings of the minor components and the overall compliance with the plans. The manufacturer shall certify that the materials used are in accordance with the approved bill of materials.
(2)
(i) The boat shall be suspended freely from the releasing gear and the length, breadth and depth measured. The boat shall then be flooded with water equal to 1
(ii) All provision tanks shall be tested by a static head above the tank top of 2 feet of water without showing leakage or permanent deformation.
(iii) The plastic fuel tanks shall be tested by a static head above the tank top of 10 feet of water without showing leakage or permanent deformation.
(c)
(a) Before action is taken on any design of lifeboat, plans covering fully the arrangement and construction of the lifeboat, material specifications, together with a lines drawing, stowage arrangement, seating arrangement, and other details shall be submitted to the Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the lifeboat is built. The plans for approval must be detailed to a degree that the lifeboat can be constructed from the plans submitted.
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are satisfactory, the manufacturer shall notify the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the lifeboat is built in writing when fabrication is to commence. A marine inspector will be assigned to witness the construction procedure in accordance with the plans, verify the tests required by § 160.035-11 for metal lifeboats and § 160.035-12 for additional tests required for F.R.P. lifeboats. Also, the manufacturer shall provide the necessary tools and facilities required to conduct the tests. The Coast Guard shall have the right to require such other additional tests as reasonably may be deemed necessary, either with the completed boat or component parts, depending upon the particular construction methods and materials used by the builder, or any unusual conditions or circumstances which may arise during the construction or testing.
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the manufacturer shall present to the marine inspector four corrected copies of the plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test reports, the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the
(a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) “The Universal Color Language” and “The Color Names Dictionary” in
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this section was obtained from the director of the Federal Register on November 1, 1979. The material is on file in the Federal Register library.
(a) Handheld rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress signals specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of a completely self-contained device which can be fired from the hand to provide a rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress signal.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(i) Any change in construction details,
(ii) Any changes in sources of raw materials, or
(iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a previously discontinued production line.
(2)
(3)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(a)
(Company brand or style designation)
(b)
(c)
(2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month and year of manufacture.
(3) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing carton or box containing signals, each carton or box shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
(4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) “The Color Names Dictionary” in
(2) “Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,” National Bureau of Standards Report 4792, July 1956.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal Register library.
(a) Hand orange smoke distress signals specified by this subpart shall be one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle end, the casing being filled with a smoke producing composition and fuse with button of ignition material at the top, and a removable cap having a friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by pulling a tear strip. The signal is ignited by scraping the friction striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the body of the signal. Alternate arrangements which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will be given special consideration.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(i) Any change in construction details,
(ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
(iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a previously discontinued production line.
(2)
(3)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(a)
Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No. __). Manufactured by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. __.
(b)
(c)
(2) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing carton or box containing hand orange smoke distress signals such cartons or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Portable magazine chests shall be of a type suitable for stowage of pyrotechnic distress signals, rockets, or powder for line-throwing guns, and shall be of a size not less than 6 nor more than 40 cubic feet capacity. Alternate types of construction to that specified below will be given special consideration.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Portable magazine chests shall be constructed of metal and lined with wood.
(b) The lining shall be so fitted and finished as to form a smooth surface within the interior of the chest. Fastenings shall be recessed below the surface to avoid projections within the interior. Construction shall be such as to separate all containers of explosives or pyrotechnics from contact with metal surfaces.
(c) The metal shall be
(a) Portable magazine chests specified by this subpart are not ordinarily
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Portable magazine chests used for the stowage of pyrotechnic signals, rockets, and powder for line-throwing guns shall be marked, in letters at least 3 inches high, with the following legend: “Portable Magazine Chest, Inflammable—Keep Lights and Fire Away.”
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Portable magazine chests are not subject to formal approval, but will be accepted by the inspector on the basis of this subpart at annual inspections and reinspections of vessels.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following military specifications are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) MIL-R-23139 B, 16 August 1965—Rocket Motors, Surface Launched, Development and Qualification Requirements for.
(2) MIL-R-45505 A, 2 April 1971—Line Throwing Apparatuses, Rocket and Projectile Units.
(b) The military specifications may be obtained from Customer Service, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120 (tel: (215) 697-2000). These specifications are also on file in the Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on September 24, 1979.
(a) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances required by this subpart shall be of a type consisting essentially of a pistol or launcher, which can be hand held and hand directed, or suitably supported and hand directed.
(b) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances shall weigh (complete with one rocket, bridle, and leader) not to exceed 16 kg (35 lb.) and shall be of a size easily manageable by one person.
(c) Alternate arrangements which meet the performance requirements of this subpart will be given special consideration. Line-throwing appliances meeting the requirements of MIL-L-45505 Type I will be considered as meeting the requirements of this subpart subject to approval of the Commandant.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) Four rocket projectiles, each complete with bridle and leader of fire-resistant materials. Two of the projectiles shall be of the buoyant type.
(b) Not less than 4 primer-ejector cartridges which fit the chamber of the pistol, gun, or launcher.
(c) Four service lines, each 4 mm (
(d) [Reserved]
(e) One cleaning rod with wire brush of non-ferrous metal, prongs arranged in a spiral of sufficient rigidity and size to clean the bore.
(f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning and preserving the appliance.
(g) Twelve flannel wiping patches of sufficient size to cover the brush and suitable for wiping the bore clean.
(h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment furnished with the appliance, information as to the proper maintenance of the appliance and equipment, and directions for loading and firing the appliance in service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic and mounted conspicuously in the case or box required by paragraph (i) of this section.
(i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on merchant vessels. The service line and auxiliary line need not be stowed in the case.
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(2)
(3)
(a) The appliance shall be permanently and legibly marked by die-stamping or raised letters with the model designation of the appliance, the manufacturer's serial number for the appliance, the official Coast Guard approval number, and the name of the manufacturer. The rocket-projectiles shall be legibly marked with the name
(b) The containers of new service lines shall bear the name of the manufacturer, date of manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in all respects the line meets the requirements of this subpart for service lines. Line faking boxes and reels shall bear the name of the manufacturer.
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a) Rocket type line-throwing appliances are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) Federal specification:
(b)
(1) National Bureau of Standards Simplified Practice Recommendation:
(c) Copies of the specification and publication referred to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after termination of approval. The Federal specification may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Naval Bureau of Standards publication may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a) Each approved first-aid kit shall be permanently marked with the following information: name of manufacturer, trade name symbol, model number, or other identification used by the manufacturer, the Coast Guard Approval Number, and the words “FIRST-AID KIT.” This information may be embossed on the container or may be applied by silk screen process, using a suitable paint and protected as necessary to withstand the required tests, or by other means shown to be acceptable.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The following specification, of the issue in effect on the date life raft skids are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
(1) Coast Guard specification:
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The requirements of this subpart provide for a standard life raft skid for use on ocean and coastwise vessels in conjunction with the stowage of Type A rafts which may be used on such vessels.
(b) Life raft skids shall be constructed and arranged so as to properly support a Type A life raft in the stowed position and permit the launching of the life raft directly into the water without the application of any force other than that necessary to release the gripping arrangement and operate the release mechanism.
(c) Arrangements other than those specified by this subpart will be given special consideration.
(a) The trackways of the skids shall be constructed of 6″×3
(b) The lower end of the life raft shall be supported by a base plate so arranged as to permit launching of the raft by a quick release assembly.
(c) All bearing surfaces of the quick release mechanism shall be constructed of non-corrosive metal. Alemite fittings shall be provided to insure positive lubrication of all bearing surfaces.
(a) Life raft skids covered by this subpart are not subject to inspection at the place of manufacture, but are inspected on the basis of this specification during the annual or other inspection of the vessel upon which they are placed.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Life raft skids are not subject to formal approval by the Commandant, but for each merchant vessel on which Type A life rafts are to be installed, plans showing the construction and arrangement of the life raft stowage and launching device on the vessel are required to be submitted for approval to the Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District prior to the actual installation. Life raft skids should comply with the requirements of this specification in order to be acceptable for use in such installations.
(b) Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this specification should be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the skids are to be installed.
(a)
(1) Federal specification:
(b)
(1) Coast Guard:
(c)
(a) The jackknife specified by this subpart shall be of a type as illustrated by Drawing No. 160.043-1(b), which consists of a one-bladed knife fitted with a can opener and a shackle to which a lanyard is attached, all made from materials as specified in this subpart. Alternate arrangements will be given special consideration.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(a) Bilge pumps shall be of rugged construction, of first class workmanship in every respect, and free from any defects affecting serviceability. Where a choice of materials is permitted, the materials used shall be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended, and shall be corrosion-resistant or protected against corrosion by acceptable means, except that parts subject to wear shall not depend upon coatings for corrosion resistance.
(b) Bilge pumps covered by this subpart shall be capable of operating against a head pressure of 20 pounds per square inch when tested in accordance with § 160.044-4(c).
(c) The bilge pump body shall be of bronze and shall be provided with a cover plate or plates, attached by means of wing nuts at least 1
(d) The operating lever shall have a steel or bronze core through its entire length, but for comfort may have a gripping surface of wood or other suitable material. The lever shall be remov-able and shall be attached to the pump shaft which is to be square ended, by means of a set screw with 1
(e) The suction line shall be fitted with an intake check valve and a suitable strainer. The strainer shall be removable for cleaning without the use of tools. The suction line shall contain no hose or fittings subject to collapsing when the pump is in service.
(f) Suction and discharge outlets shall be not less than 1 inch inside diameter for pump sizes Nos. 1 and 2, and not less than 1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) Each pump shall be permanently and legibly marked, in letters not less than
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) Federal Specification:
(2) Military specifications:
(3) Federal Standards:
(4) Coast Guard specification:
(b)
(c)
(1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001 or a recognized laboratory listed in § 160.047-6b.
(2) The Federal Specifications and Standard may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407;
(3) The military specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.
Each buoyant vest specified in this subpart is a:
(a) Model AK-1, adult, kapok (for persons weighing more than 90 pounds);
(b) Model AF-1, adult, fibrous glass (for persons weighing more than 90 pounds);
(c) Model CKM-1, child medium, kapok (for children weighing from 50 to 90 pounds);
(d) Model CFM-1, child medium, fibrous glass (for children weighing from 50 to 90 pounds);
(e) Model CKS-1, child small, kapok (for children weighing less than 50 pounds); or
(f) Model CFS-1, child small, fibrous glass (for children weighing less than 50 pounds).
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(f-1)
(1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch.
(2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-fourth inch and meet the requirements of military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa webbing.
(f-2)
(g) [Reserved]
(h)
(a)
(1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant materials. As used in this section the term
(2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with the webbing which will pass through the opening.
(b)
(1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which one or more of the following tests will be used:
(i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a temperature of 95 °F (35 °C) for a period of 240 hours in accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal Test Method Standard No. 151.
(ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weather-ometer for a period of 100 hours.
(iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the following:
(
(
(iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0° ±5 °F (−17.6 ±2.775 °C) for 24 hours; and
(2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child size for 10 minutes at the ambient temperatures without breaking or distorting.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a)
(1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the manufacturing methods and the finished product to meet the requirements of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and tests of representative samples and components produced;
(2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and to the Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the device including affidavits from suppliers; and
(3) Permit any examination, inspection, and test required by the recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a listed and labeled device, either at the place of manufacture, or some other location.
(b)
(2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed;
(3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection;
(4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the requirements in Table 160.047-5(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to be tested by the inspector in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section;
(5) The recognized laboratory must assign an inspector to a plant when notified that a lot is ready for inspection, to conduct tests and inspections on samples selected in accordance with paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(6) If a vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(c)
(d)
(1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that is included in the construction of the device; and
(2) Conduct any necessary examination, inspection, or test in a suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the manufacturer.
(e)
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the pads inside the basket and submerge it so that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important that after the pads have once been submerged they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank and weigh the weighted wire basket with the pads inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
(2)
(f)
(a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly marked
(b)
(a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under § 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions under this subpart:
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the approval testing.
(a)
(1) Military specification:
(2) Federal Specifications:
(3) Federal standard:
(4) Coast Guard specification:
(b)
(1) Coast Guard Dwg. No. 160.048-1.
(c)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Rectangular buoyant cushions 2 inches thick shall be filled with the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass indicated for the various widths and lengths of such cushions by Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(i) or 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii), as applicable. Trapezoidal buoyant cushions 2 inches thick shall be filled with the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass
(2) All buoyant cushions more than 2 inches thick, and all buoyant cushions 2 inches thick which are of shapes different from those covered by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall be filled with kapok or fibrous glass as determined in the following formulas:
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a)
(b)
(2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample cushion failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less than 10 specimen cushions to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the pads inside the basket and submerge it so that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important that after the pads have once been submerged that they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank and weigh the weighted wire basket with the pads inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
(2)
(a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly marked in waterproof lettering:
(1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
(2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label of the recognized laboratory.
(a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under § 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions under this subpart:
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performed production oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the approval testing.
(a)
(1) Federal Specifications:
(2) Federal standard:
(3) Coast Guard specifications:
(4) Military specifications.
(b)
(1) Coast Guard Dwg. No. 160.049-1.
(c)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Molded in one piece; or
(2) Built up from sheet material if it is formed from:
(i) Three pieces or less in each layer, cemented together with an all-purpose vinyl adhesive such as or equivalent to U.S. Rubber No. M-6256 or Minnesota Mining No. EC-870 and No. EC-1070;
(ii) Three layers or less that may be cemented; and
(iii) Staggered butts and seams of adjacent layers.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the cushion inside the basket and submerge it so that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important that after the cushion has once been submerged that it shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the test shall it be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank and weigh the weighted wire basket with the cushion inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
(2)
(a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly marked in waterproof lettering:
(1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
(2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label of the recognized laboratory.
(a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under § 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions under this subpart:
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the approval testing.
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
On vessels on an international voyage, all ring life buoys shall be international orange in color.)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(i) Perform all tests and examinations necessary to show compliance with this subpart and the subpart under which the ring life buoy is approved on each lot before any inspector's tests and inspection of the lot;
(ii) Follow established procedures for maintaining quality control of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product; and
(iii) Allow an inspector to take samples of completed units or of component materials for tests required by this subpart and for tests relating to the safety of the design.
(iv) Meet 33 CFR 181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which requires an instruction pamphlet for each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational boats, and must make the pamphlet accessible prior to purchase.
(2)
(i) The manufacturer has a valid approval certificate; and
(ii) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production methods and any revisions to those methods.
(3) At least quarterly, the inspector shall check the manufacturer's compliance with the company's quality control procedures, examine the manufacturer's required records, and observe the manufacturer perform each of the required production tests.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample ring life buoy failed the buoyancy or strength test, the sample shall consist of not less than ten specimen ring life buoys to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
(f)
(2)
(3)
(i) Weigh iron or other weight under water. The weight shall be more than sufficient to submerge the buoy.
(ii) Attach the iron or other weight to the buoy and submerge with the top of the buoy at least 2 inches below the surface for 48 hours.
(iii) After the 48-hour submergence period, weigh the buoy with the weight attached while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (f)(3)(i) minus paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section.
(4)
(g)
(1) First quality workmanship;
(2) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components are as specified in the approved plans and specifications; and
(3) Compliance with the marking requirements in the applicable approval subpart.
(h)
(i)
(a) Each ring buoy must have the following information in waterproof lettering:
(b) A method of marking that is different from the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section may be given consideration by the Coast Guard.
(a)
(b) Each application for approval of a ring life buoy must contain the information specified in § 159.005-5 of this chapter. The application and, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d)(2) of this section, a prototype ring life buoy must be submitted to the Commandant for preapproval review. If a similar design has already been approved, the Commandant may waive the preapproval review under §§ 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 of this chapter.
(c) If the ring life buoy is of a standard design, the application:
(1) Must include the following: A statement of any exceptions to the standard plans and specifications, including drawings, product description, construction specifications, and/or bill of materials.
(2) Need not include: The information specified in § 159.005-5(a)(2).
(d) If the ring life buoy is of a non-standard design, the application must include the following:
(1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by § 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
(2) The information specified in § 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through (iii) of this chapter, except that, if preapproval review has been waived, the manufacturer is not required to send a prototype ring life buoy sample to the Commandant.
(3) Performance testing results of the design performed by an independent laboratory that has a Memorandum of Understanding with the Coast Guard under § 159.010-7 of this subchapter covering the in-water testing of personal flotation devices showing equivalence to the standard design's performance in all material respects.
(4) Buoyancy and other relevant tolerances to be complied with during production.
(5) The text of any optional marking to be included on the ring life buoy in addition to the markings required by the applicable approval subpart.
(6) For any conditionally approved ring life buoy, the intended approval condition(s).
(e) The description of quality control procedures required by § 159.005-9 of this chapter may be omitted if the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures meet the requirements of those accepted by the Commandant for the independent laboratory performing production inspections and tests.
(f)
(1) Satisfactory test results on a ring life buoy of sufficiently similar design as determined by the Commandant.
(2) Engineering analysis demonstrating that the test for which a waiver is requested is not appropriate for the particular design submitted for approval or that, because of its design or construction, it is not possible for the ring life buoy to fail that test.
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval by the Coast Guard of A, B, and Coastal Service inflatable liferafts for use only in domestic service. These liferafts must comply with all of the requirements for SOLAS A and
In this subpart, the term:
To obtain Coast Guard approval, each Coastal Service inflatable liferaft must comply with subpart 160.151, with the following exceptions:
(a)
(1) Be of a type that is furled when the liferaft inflates and that can be set in place by the occupants. A furled canopy must be secured to the buoyancy tubes over 50 percent or more of the liferaft's circumference;
(2) Be of an uninsulated, single-ply design; and
(3) Have an interior of any color.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) The total volume of the pockets must be not less than 25 percent of the minimum required volume of the principal buoyancy compartments of the liferaft.
(2) The pockets must be securely attached and evenly distributed around the periphery of the exterior bottom of the liferaft. They may be omitted at the locations of inflation cylinders.
(3) The pockets must be designed to deploy underwater when the liferaft inflates. If weights are used for this purpose, they must be of corrosion-resistant material.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
To obtain Coast Guard approval, each A and B inflatable liferaft must comply with the requirements in subpart 160.151, with the following exceptions:
(a)
(b)
In lieu of the equipment specified in § 160.151-21, the following equipment must be provided with a Coastal Service inflatable liferaft:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(a)
(1) [Reserved]
(2) Military specification:
(3) Federal Standards:
(4) Coast Guard specifications:
(b)
(c)
(1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001, or a recognized laboratory listed in § 160.052-8b.
(2) The Federal Specifications and Standards may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407.
(3) The military specification may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.
(a) A standard buoyant vest is manufactured in accordance with a plan specified in § 160.052-1(b) and is a:
(1) Model AP, adult (for persons over 90 pounds);
(2) Model CPM, child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 pounds); or
(3) Model CPS, child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 pounds).
(b) A nonstandard buoyant vest is:
(1) Manufactured in accordance with the manufacturer's approved plan;
(2) Equivalent in performance to the standard buoyant vest; and
(3) Assigned a model designation by the manufacturer for the following sizes:
(i) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds);
(ii) Child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 pounds);
(iii) Child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 pounds).
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(d-1)
(1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch;
(2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch and meet the requirements of military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa webbing.
(e) [Reserved]
(f)
(a)
(1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant materials. As used in this section the term
(2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with the webbing which will pass through the opening.
(b)
(1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which one or more of the following tests will be used:
(i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a temperature of 95 °F (35 °C) for a period of 240 hours in accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal Test Method Standard No. 151.
(ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100 hours.
(iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the following:
(
(
(iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0° ±5 °F (17.6 ±2.775 °C) for 24 hours; and
(2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or distorting.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for an adult size;
(2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child, medium size;
(3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for a child, small size.
(c)
(1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward position with head and face out of water;
(2) Have no tendency to turn a wearer face downward in the water; and
(3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in the front of the vest.
(d)
(1) A gusset; or
(2) Reinforcing tape.
(e)
(1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
(2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.
(a)
(1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the manufacturing methods and workmanship, and the finished product to meet the requirements of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and tests of representative samples and components produced;
(2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the device, including affidavits by supplier; and
(3) Permit any examination, inspection, and test required by the recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other location.
(b)
(2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed.
(3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection.
(4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the requirements in Table 160.052-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(5) The manufacturer shall test—
(i) At least one vest from each lot for buoyancy in accordance with procedures contained in paragraph (e) of this section; and
(ii) At least one vest in each 10 lots for strength of the body strap assembly in accordance with the procedures contained in paragraph (f) of this section.
(6) If a vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(7) The manufacturer shall keep on file and make available to the laboratory inspector and Coast Guard inspector the records of inspections and tests, together with affidavits concerning the material.
(c)
(d)
(1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that is included in the construction of the device; and
(2) Conduct any necessary examination, inspection, or test in a suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the manufacturer.
(e)
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the tank and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section minus paragraph (e)(i)(iii) of this section.
(2)
(f)
(g)
(a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly marked in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
(b)
(a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under § 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions under this subpart:
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the approval testing.
(a)
(1) Military specification: MIL-L-17653A—Life Preserver, Vest, Work Type, Unicellular Plastic.
(2) [Reserved]
(b)
(a) Unicellular plastic foam work vests specified by this subpart shall be of the type described in Military Specification MIL-L-17653A, but alternate designs equivalent in materials, construction, performance, and workmanship will be given consideration.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock the tank and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
(2)
(a) Each work vest must have the following information clearly printed in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b) If the work vest is of a standard design, as described by § 160.053-3, in order to be approved, the work vest must be tested in accordance with § 160.053-4 by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under 46 CFR 159.010.
(c) If the work vest is of a non-standard design, the application must include the following:
(1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by § 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
(2) The information specified in § 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through (iii) of this chapter, except that, if preapproval review has been waived, the manufacturer is not required to send a prototype work vest sample to the Commandant.
(3) Performance testing results of the design performed by an independent laboratory, that has a Memorandum of Understanding with the Coast Guard under § 159.010-7 of this subchapter covering the in-water testing of personal flotation devices, showing equivalence to the standard design's performance in all material respects.
(4) Any special purpose(s) for which the work vest is designed and the vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is intended.
(5) Buoyancy and other relevant tolerances to be complied with during production.
(6) The text of any optional marking to be included on the work vest in addition to the markings required by § 160.053.
(a)
(1) Coast Guard specification 160.041—Kits, First-Aid.
(2) [Reserved]
(b)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(a) Each approved first-aid kit shall be plainly and permanently marked with the following information: Name and address of the manufacturer, model number or other manufacturer's identification of the kit, the Coast Guard approval number, and the words “First-Aid Kit—For Inflatable Life Rafts”. If the means for opening and re-closing are not self-evident, suitable directions shall be marked along the closure; such as, for the zip seal closure, an arrow, with the words “To Open, Lift by Thumb Nail”, and “To Close, Press Together Full Length”. The marking may be applied to the container by the silk screen process, using a suitable ink or paint, or may be applied by other means shown to be acceptable.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(a)
(1)
(2) Federal Specifications:
(3) Federal Standards:
(4) Standards of ASTM:
(5) Coast Guard specification:
(b)
(c)
Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
(a) Standard, bib type, vinyl dip coated:
(1) Model 62, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Model 66, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
(b) Standard, bib type, cloth covered;
(1) Model 63, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Model 67, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
(c) Nonstandard, shaped type:
(1) Model,
(2) Model,
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(j)
All materials used in nonstandard life preservers must be equivalent to those specified in § 160.055-3 for standard life preservers.
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1) 700 cubic inches or more for an adult size;
(2) 350 cubic inches or more for a child size.
(c)
(1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward position with head and face out of water;
(2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water; and
(3) Be arranged so that 68 to 73 percent of the total is located in the front of the life preserver.
(d)
(1) Worn reversed;
(2) Adjusted to fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
(3) Donned in a time comparable to that of a standard life preserver.
(a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted by the manufacturer of a life preserver and the accepted laboratory inspector in accordance with this section and § 160.001-5.
(b)
(c)
Each life preserver must have the following information clearly marked in waterproof lettering:
(a) In letters three-fourths of an inch or more in height;
(1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
(b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
(a)
(b)
(1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
(2) Select from a lot of 10 manufactured life preservers or more, three or more of each model for examination;
(3) Test the selected sample for compliance with the requirements of this subpart; and
(4) Forward to the Commandant a copy of his report of the tests and the production and manufacturing facilities, a specimen life preserver selected from those already manufactured but not tested, and one copy of an affidavit for each material used in the life preservers.
(b-1)
(c)
(1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
(2) Select three samples of life preservers of each model for which approval is desired;
(3) Forward to the Commandant:
(i) Three samples of each model of life preserver;
(ii) A copy of the inspector's report of tests and the production and manufacturing facilities; and
(iii) Four copies each of fully dimensioned, full-scale drawings showing all details of construction of the sample life preservers submitted, material affidavits, and four copies of a bill of materials showing all materials used in
(c-1)
(d)
(a) Rescue boats accepted and in use prior to the effective date of this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) All rescue boats must be properly constructed, of such form as to be readily maneuverable, and be of the open rowboat type. They shall be suitable for use of three persons.
(c) Rescue boats shall be constructed of materials acceptable to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of construction.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
(2) At least one eyebolt, ring, or other fitting suitable for attaching a painter shall be fitted to the bow and stern.
(b)
(2) A painter shall be attached to the bow and to the stern fittings. Each shall be of suitable material, at least
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) Each rescue boat shall have permanently fitted at the transom a metal name plate, galvanically compatible with the hull material, and bearing information relating to the testing and approval of the prototype boat. Either raised or indented letters shall be used.
(b) The following information shall appear on the name plate:
(a) The manufacturer shall submit a request for approval to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of the place of manufacture of the rescue boat.
(b) Formal plans will not be required. However, a combined general arrangement and construction plan is required, which includes principal dimensions, and descriptive data of hull material, buoyant material, and equipment.
(c) When plans and data are satisfactory, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, will assign a marine inspector to conduct the tests required by § 160.056-4.
(d) Upon successful completion of the test, the inspector shall submit a written report to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. A copy of this report, with plans and photographs, shall be forwarded to the Commandant for record purposes. The date of approval and the marine inspector's initials shall be indicated in this report.
(e) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall issue a letter to the manufacturer indicating that approval of the rescue boat has been granted, and will include any conditions imposed. A copy of this approval letter shall be forwarded to the District Commander and to the Commandant.
(f) If a rescue boat is required on short notice, a boat may be approved on an individual basis:
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) “The Color Names Dictionary” in
(2) “Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,” National Bureau of Standards Report 4792, July 1956.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal Register library.
(a) Floating orange. smoke distress signals specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will be given special consideration.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(a)
(b)
(2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
(c)
Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances Act.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1)
(2) [Reserved]
(b)
(a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart shall be of the type described in the specification listed in § 160.058-1(a)(1).
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail requirements shall conform to the requirements of the specification listed in § 160.058-1(a)(1), except as otherwise specifically provided by this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the desalter kits are manufactured may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit places where desalter kits are manufactured to check materials and construction methods and to satisfy himself that the desalter kits are being manufactured in compliance with the requirements of the specification listed in § 160.058-1(a)(1) as modified by this specification and are suitable for the intended purpose. The manufacturer shall admit the marine inspector to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and the necessary apparatus for the use of the marine inspector in conducting tests at the place of manufacture.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) In addition to the marking and instructions required by the specification listed in § 160.058-1(a)(1), the Coast
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) [Reserved]
(2) Military Specification:
(3) Federal Standards:
(4) Coast Guard Specification:
(b)
(c)
(1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001 or a recognized laboratory listed in § 160.060-8b.
(2) The Federal Specifications and Standard may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC, 20407.
(3) The Military Specification may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 19120.
Each buoyant vest specified in this subpart is a:
(a) Standard:
(1) Model AY, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Model CYM, child, medium (for children weighing from 50 to 90 pounds); or
(3) Model CYS, child, small (for children weighing less than 50 pounds); or
(b) Nonstandard:
(1) Model,
(2) Model,
(3) Model,
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(d-1)
(1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch.
(2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch and meet military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa webbing.
(e) [Reserved]
(f)
(a)
(1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant materials. As used in this section the term
(2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with the webbing which will pass through the opening.
(b)
(1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which one or more of the following tests will be used:
(i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a temperature of 95 °F (35 °C) for a period of 240 hours in accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal Test Method Standard No. 151.
(ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100 hours.
(iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the following:
(
(
(iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0° ±5 °F (17.6 ±2.775 °C) for 24 hours; and
(2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or distorting.
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for the adult size, for persons weighing over 90 pounds.
(2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child medium size, for children weighing from 50 to 90 pounds.
(3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for children weighing less than 50 pounds.
(c)
(1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward position with head and face out of water;
(2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water; and
(3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in the front of the vest.
(d)
(1) A gusset; or
(2) Reinforcing tape.
(e)
(1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
(2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.
(a)
(1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the manufacturing methods, and the finished product to meet the applicable requirements of
(2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the device, including affidavits by suppliers; and
(3) Permit any examination, inspection and test required by the recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other location.
(b)
(2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed;
(3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection;
(4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the requirements in Table 160.060-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(5) If a sample vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(c)
(d)
(1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that is included in the construction of the device; and
(2) Conduct any examination, inspection, or test in a suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the manufacturer.
(e)
(i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the tank and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
(2)
(f)
(g)
(a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly marked in waterproof lettering:
(b)
(a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under § 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions under this subpart:
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the approval testing.
(a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date emergency fishing tackle kits are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
(1) Federal specifications:
(2) Military specifications:
(b) Copies of the specifications referred to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the approved plans, if any, and the certificate of approval.
(1) The Federal Specifications may be purchased from the Business Service
(2) The Military Specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) Military Specifications and Standards:
(2) Federal Test Method Standards:
(b)
(c)
(1) The military specifications and standards may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
(2) The Federal standards may be obtained from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407.
(a) The hydraulic releases referred to under § 160.062-1(a)(1) are of the diaphram-spring plunger type, which releases a buoyant load under hydrostatic pressure.
(b) All hydraulic releases given an approval under this subpart shall be designed and tested to operate with spring-tensioned gripes. Such gripes shall be considered as a part of each approval.
(c) Alternate designs will be given special consideration, but the expense of their preliminary investigation at a
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(1) Preapproval tests.
(2) Factory inspections and tests.
(3) Spot check tests.
(4) Periodic servicing tests.
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(3)
(i) Hydraulic releases which have been rejected may not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale under representation as being in compliance with this specification or as being approved for use on vessels subject to inspection under this chapter.
(4)
(e)
(f)
(1)
(i) The word “Installed”;
(ii) The installation date; and
(iii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters.
(2)
(3)
(i) The device must be manually operated to determine if it releases.
(ii) If the device releases, it must pass the submergence test contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, at a depth between 5 feet and 15 feet and be marked as required in paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
(iii) If the device fails to release or fails to pass the submergence test required in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the device must be disassembled, repaired, and tested in accordance with the requirements contained in paragraph (f)(4) of this paragraph.
(4)
(i) A production lot must be formed consisting of 12 or more but not exceeding 100 devices.
(ii) In the presence of a marine inspector, the device must pass the submergence test contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
(iii) Any device that fails must be—
(A) Repaired;
(B) Placed in a subsequent lot; and
(C) Submitted to the submergence test contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
(5)
(i) The test date;
(ii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters; and
(iii) The letters “USCG”.
(a) Hydraulic releases manufactured prior to the granting of a certificate of approval to the manufacturer may be permitted in service only to July 1, 1969. However, such hydraulic releases meeting the type and design requirements covered by a current certificate of approval may be repaired and/or reconditioned as provided in § 160.062-4(f) and be accepted as approved equipment when it bears the following markings:
(1)
(2)
(b) Hydraulic release manufactured under a certificate of approval issued
(1)
(2)
(a) Before a repair facility is accepted by the Commandant to perform the services required in § 160.062-4(f), it must be inspected by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, to determine if it has—
(1) The testing apparatus to perform all the tests required in § 160.062-4;
(2) A source of supply of replacement parts for a hydraulic release, evidenced by a signed agreement between the facility and his source of supply, or the parts for it; all replacement parts must be in compliance with applicable specifications and standards contained in § 160.062-1; and
(3) Employees competent to perform the services required in this paragraph. Each employee who is engaged in serving a hydraulic release must demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection by—
(i) Disassembling a hydraulic release;
(ii) Making all necessary repairs to the disassembled unit;
(iii) Reassembling the unit in conformance with the specifications and standards contained in § 160.062-1(a); and
(iv) Showing that the reassembled unit meets the buoyant capacity and release depth requirements contained in § 160.062-3 (b) and (c) after being inspected and tested in conformance with the requirements contained in § 160.062-4(f).
(b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the Commandant notifies the facility that—
(1) It is an accepted repair facility for the reconditioning and testing of hydraulic releases; or
(2) It is not accepted as a repair facility, lists each discrepancy noted by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, and describes the procedure for reinspection if applicable corrections are made.
(a) The Commandant may consider the acceptance of a facility that conducts only the submergence test contained in § 160.062-4(c)(2)(i). Before a facility is accepted by the Commandant to conduct this test, it must be inspected by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, to determine if it has—
(1) The testing apparatus to perform the test required in § 160.062-4(c)(2)(i); and
(2) Employees competent to perform the test required in § 160.062-4(c)(2)(i). Each employee who is engaged in testing a device must demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection by conducting a submergence test.
(b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the Commandant notifies each applicant, in accordance with the procedures described in § 160.062-7(b), whether or not it is an accepted testing facility.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(i) Devices for persons weighing more than 90 pounds must have 15
(ii) Devices for persons weighing 50 to 90 pounds must have 11 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(iii) Devices for persons weighing less than 50 pounds must have 7 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(2) Buoyancy for devices to be thrown is as follows:
(i) Ring life buoys must have 16
(ii) Foam cushions must have 18 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(iii) A device other than those specified in paragraph (d)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section must have 20 pounds or more of buoyancy.
(3) The buoyancy values required in paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this section must be as follows:
(i) For each device containing foam buoyant materials, the required buoyancy value must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh water for 24 or more continuous hours.
(ii) For each device containing kapok, the required buoyancy value must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh water for 48 or more continuous hours.
(e)
(a) Each water safety buoyant device must have the following information clearly marked in waterproof lettering:
(1) For devices to be worn:
(2) For devices to be thrown:
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under § 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions under this subpart:
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the approval testing.
(a) Red aerial pyrotechnic distress signals specified by this subpart must be either self-contained or pistol launched, and either meteor or parachute assisted type.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each signal must be either:
(1) A self-contained unit with all necessary components for firing the signal, or
(2) A cartridge intended for firing from a signal pistol that is approved under Subpart 160.028 of this chapter.
(b) Each signal unit must have an interior chamber which contains the main propulsion charge and which is constructed so that it is capable of withstanding the forces generated by ignition without rupture, crack, or deformation of any kind.
(c) Signals must be constructed in lots numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started when:
(1) Any change in construction details occurs;
(2) Any change in sources of raw materials occurs;
(3) Production is started on a new production line or on a previously discontinued production line; or
(4) A lot exceeds 30,000 units.
(a) Each signal must:
(1) Burn “vivid red” when tested as specified in §160.021-4(d)(7) for at least 5.5 seconds.
(2) Have a peak luminous intensity of at least 10,000 candela.
(3) Burn a total of not less than 1,000 candleminutes (Cm) using the formula
(4) Burn out completely before falling back to the level of launch.
(5) Function in a manner that would not cause burns or injury to an unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
(6) Not malfunction in a manner that would cause burns or injury to an unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
(b) Each signal must meet the requirements of paragraph (a) after:
(1) Submersion in water for 24 hours, or
(2) If protected by a sealed container, submersion in water for 24 hours inside the sealed container immediately followed by submersion for 10 minutes without the container, and
(3) Being exposed to the Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage Test in §160.066-13(b).
(c) Testing for burn time and luminous intensity pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2), respectively, shall be conducted in conformity with the following requirements and procedures:
(1) The chart speed of the light measuring equipment shall not be slower than 5 seconds per inch;
(2) The chart sweep of the light measuring equipment shall not be slower than .5 seconds for full scale;
(3) The first and last seconds of the burn shall be eliminated in measuring luminous intensity;
(4) The time during which the candle burns (excluding first and last seconds of burn) is to be used to determine the luminous intensity by averaging the readings taken during the burning; and
(5) Burn time is to be measured from first light of the signal to dark.
(a) Each signal must be legibly and indelibly marked with the following information:
(1) The manufacturer's name,
(2) The designed burning time of the pyrotechnic candle(s),
(3) The specific signal pistol for which the signal is designed, if any,
(4) The lot number,
(5) The Coast Guard approval number,
(6) Operation and storage instructions,
(7) The month and year of expiration determined by § 160.066-10, and
(8) The words:
“Aerial Flare. Acceptable as a Day and Night Visual Distress Signal for boats as required by 33 CFR 175.110. For Emergency Use Only”.
(b) If the signal is too small to contain all of the information required by paragraph (a) and any labeling which may be required by paragraph (d), the information required by paragraphs (a) (2), (6), and (8) may be printed on a separate piece of paper packed with each
(c) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: “Keep under cover in a dry place.”
(d) Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the label requirements of the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, 15 U.S.C. 1263.
Each approved signal must have an expiration date marked on it. That date must not be more than forty-two months from date of manufacture.
(a) Red aerial pyrotechnic flare distress signals are approved under the procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 100 signals from which samples for approval testing must be drawn. Approval testing must be conducted in accordance with the operational tests in § 160.066-12 and the technical tests in § 160.066-13. In order for the signal to be approved, the samples must pass both the operational and the technical tests.
(c) The approval tests must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
(a) The procedure for conducting operational tests is described in figure (1).
(1) An “accept lot” decision must be reached in order to pass the operational tests.
(2) If a “reject lot” decision is reached, the entire lot is rejected.
(3) Signals from “reject lots” may be reworked by the manufacturer to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the “reject lot”, and the result of the second test. Signals from “reject lots” may not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in compliance with this specification.
(b) Each signal selected for the operational tests must be conditioned by:
(1) Being submerged under at least 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24 hours without any protection other than its waterproofing; or
(2) If waterproofing is provided by a sealed plastic bag or other waterproof packaging, submersion under 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24 hours in the packaging, followed immediately by submersion under 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 10 minutes with the signal removed from the packaging.
(c) After each signal selected has undergone the conditioning required by paragraph (b) of this section it must be fired as described by the manufacturer's operating instructions. The following data as observed must be recorded for each signal:
(1) Burning time of the pyrotechnic candle;
(2) Color;
(3) Whether the pyrotechnic candle burns out above, at, or below the level of launch.
(d) A signal fails the operational tests if:
(1) It fails to fire,
(2) The pyrotechnic candle fails to ignite,
(3) The pyrotechnic candle continues to burn after it falls back to the level of launch,
(4) The observed color is other than vivid red, or
(5) The burning time is less than 5.5 seconds.
(e) A lot is rejected if a “reject lot” decision is reached using Figure (1) and Table 1 after completion of the operational tests.
(a) The following conditions apply to technical tests as described in this section:
(1) A total of nine signals must be selected at random from the lot being tested;
(2) If the signals are protected by sealed packaging, then the conditioning for the technical tests must be conducted with the signal in the sealed packaging;
(3) If signals in the test sample fail to pass one of the technical tests, the entire lot is rejected;
(4) Signals from “reject lots” may be reworked by the manufacturer to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the “reject lot”, and the result of the second test. Signals from “reject lots” may not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in compliance with this specification.
(b) The Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage Test must be conducted in the following manner:
(1) Select three signals from the nine;
(2) Place each signal in a thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 55 Degrees C (131 Degrees F), and at not less than 90% relative humidity, for at least 72 hours (If for any reason it is not possbie to operate the oven continuously for the 72 hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity for 8 hours of each 24 during the 72 hour conditioning period.);
(3) After removal from the oven immediately place each signal in a chamber:
(i) At a temperature of at least 20 degrees C (68 degrees F) but not more than 25 degrees C (77 degrees F);
(ii) At not less than 65% relative humidity;
(iii) For ten days;
(4) Then remove each signal from any sealed packaging and fire it.
(5) The test sample fails the test if:
(i) Any signal ignites or decomposes before firing;
(ii) Any signal when fired malfunctions in a manner that would cause burns or injury to an unprotected person firing the signal, or;
(iii) Two or more of the signals fail to project and ignite the pyrotechnic candle.
(c) The Spontaneous Combustion Test must be performed in the following manner:
(1) Select three signals from the remaining six signals and place them in a thermostatically controlled even temperature over for 48 hours at a temperature of 75 degrees C (167 degrees F).
(2) The test sample fails the test if any signal ignites or decomposes during the test.
(d) The Luminous Intensity and Chromaticity Test must be performed in the following manner:
(1) Remove the pyrotechnic candle from the remaining three signals.
(2) Ignite, measure, and record the intensity of the burning candle with a
(i) While the specimen is supported in a horizontal position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the specimen,
(ii) At a distance of at least 3 m (10 ft.).
(3) Calculate the intensity of the candle as in § 160.066-7(c).
(4) Measure and record the chromaticity of the burning candle as specified in § 160.021-4(d)(4).
(5) The test sample fails the test if more than one signal has a luminous intensity of less than 10,000 candela, or more than one signal is not “vivid red”.
(a) Production tests must be performed under the procedures in Subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(b) The operational tests in § 160.066-12 must be performed for every lot of signals produced.
(c) The technical tests in § 160.066-13 must be performed at least once every twelve months,or at least once every 10 lots, whichever occurs first.
(d) If a lot is rejected on the basis of the technical tests, then each subsequent lot produced must be tested according to the technical tests until samples from a lot pass these tests.
(e) An independent laboratory acceptable to the Commandant must perform or directly supervise:
(1) Each technical test, and
(2) All operational tests for at least four lots in a 12 month period, unless fewer than four lots are produced in a 12 month period. If less than four lots are produced in a 12 month period, each operational test must be performed or directly supervised by the independent laboratory.
(f) If a lot selected by the independent laboratory for an operational test is rejected, then the operational tests for the next lot produced, and the rejected lot, if reworked, must be performed or directly supervised by the independent laboratory. The tests required by this paragraph must not be counted for the purpose of meeting the requirements of paragraph (e).
(g) The independent laboratory selects the lots upon which technical tests are performed.
(h) If the manufacturer produces more than four lots within a 12 month period, the independent laboratory selects the lots for which it performs or directly supervises the operational tests.
(i) The operational test performed or directly supervised by the independent laboratory must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no lots are produced during that period.
(j) The independent laboratory, when it performs or directly supervises the technical tests required by paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, must inspect the signals selected for testing and compare them with the approved plans. Each signal inspected must conform to the plans.
(a) This subpart establishes standards for distress flags for boats.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each flag must:
(1) Be a square or rectangle at least 90 cm (36 inches) wide and at least 90 cm (36 inches) long. If the flag is a rectangle, the shorter side cannot be less than
(2) Have no less than 70% of the total area colored a bright red-orange color;
(3) Display a black disc and a black square on the red-orange background on both sides arranged as follows:
(i) The diameter of the disc and the length of one side of the square shall be equal, and shall each be
(ii) The disc and square must be centered on one axis of the flag parallel to the longest side of the flag as shown in Figure 160.072-3. If the flag is a square, the axis may be parallel to any side.
(iii) The disc and square shall be separated by a distance of
(4) Be capable of passing the accelerated weathering test of § 160.072-5;
(5) Have reinforced corners, each with a grommet; and,
(6) Be packaged with 4 pieces of line, with a tensile strength of at least 225 N (Newtons) (50 lbs) no less than 30 cm (12 inches) long, capable of passing through the grommets freely.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Condition the flag, folded to
(b) Unfold and suspend flag by the lines provided, secured through each grommet.
(c) Subject the flag to alternate 3 minute cycles of 5% by weight sodium chloride solution at 55 degrees (±5°) C and air blasts of 40 knots at 55 degrees (±5°) C, perpendicular to and over the entire surface of one side of the flag, without interruption for a period of not less than 24 hours.
(d) The flag fails the accelerated weathering test if
(1) After conditioning, the flag cannot be unfolded without damage,
(2) There is any tearing,
(3) The flag does not retain its bright red/orange color,
(4) The disc and square images no longer meet the requirements of § 160.072-3(a)(3) or,
(5) There is any visible rot over more than 3% of the flag's surface.
(a) Each distress flag intended as a Day Visual Distress Signal required by 33 CFR Part 175 must be certified by the manufacturer as complying with the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each distress flag must be legibly and indelibly marked with:
(1) The manufacturer's name; and
(2) The following words—
“Day Visual Distress Signal for Boats. Complies with U.S. Coast Guard Requirements in 46 CFR 160.072. For Emergency Use Only”.
(a) Each manufacturer certifying flags in accordance with the specifications of this subpart must send written notice to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20591—
(1) Within 30 days after first certifying a flag,
(2) Every five years as long as the manufacturer continues to produce flags, and
(3) Each time the design or construction material of the flag changes.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) This subpart contains requirements for a float-free link used for connecting a life float or buoyant apparatus painter to a vessel. The float-free link is designed to be broken by the
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The float-free link is not approved by the Coast Guard. The manufacturer of the link must certify that it meets all of the requirements of this subpart by application of the markings required in § 160.073-20.
(b) If the manufacturer wants the link to be listed in the Coast Guard publication COMDTINST M16714.3 (Series), “Equipment Lists,” the manufacturer must send a letter requesting the listing to Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(a) The link must be constructed essentially as shown in figure 160.073-10. The link must be formed from a single salt water corrosion-resistant wire. A loop at least 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter must be provided at each end of the wire. Each loop must be permanently secured.
(b) The breaking strength of each link must be between:
(1) 450 N (100 lb.) and 600 N (134 lb.) for links intended for life floats and buoyant apparatus of 10 persons and less capacity.
(2) 900 N (200 lb.) and 1200 N (268 lb.) for links intended for life floats and buoyant apparatus of 11 to 20 persons capacity.
(3) 1800 N (400 lb.) and 2400 N (536 lb.) for links intended for life floats and buoyant apparatus of 21 persons and more capacity.
(a) The manufacturer shall perform a tensile test on the first three links made from a particular spool of wire. The test must be done by slowly loading the link until it breaks. The link must break between the limits specified in § 160.073-10(b). The break must occur in the length of wire at or between the points where the loops are secured (see Figure 160.073-10).
(b) If each of the three links passes the test, each link constructed in the same manner from the same spool of wire may be certified by the manufacturer as meeting the requirements of this subpart.
(c) If one or more of the three links fails the test, no link manufactured in the same manner and from the same spool of wire as the test links may be certified as meeting the requirements of this subpart.
(a) Each link certified by the manufacturer to meet the requirements of this subpart must have a corrosion resistant, waterproof tag attached to it that has the following information on it (the manufacturer must make the appropriate entries in the indicated space):
(b) [Reserved]
(a) This subpart contains structural and performance standards for approval of inflatable recreational personal flotation devices (PFDs), as well as requirements for production follow-up inspections, associated manuals, information pamphlets, and markings.
(b) Inflatable PFDs approved under this subpart—
(1) Rely entirely upon inflation for buoyancy; and
(2) Are approved for use by adults only.
Inflatable PFDs approved under this subpart may be used to meet the carriage requirements of 33 CFR 175.15 and 175.17 on the following types of vessels only:
(a) Recreational vessels.
(b) Uninspected recreational submersible vessels.
As used in this part:
(a) An inflatable PFD may be approved without conditions as a Type I, II, or III PFD for persons over 36 kg (80 lb) if it meets the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each inflatable PFD that can be demonstrated to meet the in-water performance requirements of a type I, II or III PFD in UL 1180 during approval testing and the applicable requirements of this subpart provided that certain conditions are placed on its use, may be approved as a Type V PFD. Each such PFD has conditional approval.
(a) A conditionally approved inflatable PFD is categorized as a Type V PFD and may be used to meet the Coast Guard PFD carriage requirements of 33 CFR part 175 only if the PFD is used in accordance with any requirements on the approval label. PFDs marked “Approved only when worn” must be worn whenever the vessel is underway and the intended wearer is not within an enclosed space if the PFD is intended to be used to satisfy the requirements of 33 CFR part 175. Note: Additional approved PFDs may be needed to satisfy the requirements of 33 CFR part 175 if “Approved only when worn” PFDs are not worn.
(b) PFDs not meeting the performance specifications for type I, II, or III PFDs in UL 1180 may be classified as Type V, conditionally approved PFDs, when the Commandant determines that the performance or design characteristics of the PFD make such classification appropriate.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of the change in the
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart, and the sections affected are as follows:
(a) Manufacturers seeking approval of an inflatable PFD design shall follow the procedures of this section and subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) Each application for approval of an inflatable PFD must contain the information specified in § 159.005-5 of this chapter. The application must be submitted to a recognized laboratory. One copy of the application and, except as
(c) The application must include the following:
(1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by § 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
(2) The information specified in § 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through (iii) of this chapter must be included in the application, except that, if preapproval review has been waived, the manufacturer is not required to send a prototype PFD sample to the Commandant.
(3) The type of performance (Type I, II, or III) that the PFD is designed to provide along with the Approval Type sought (Type I, II, III, or V).
(4) Any special purpose(s) for which the PFD is designed and the vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is intended.
(5) Buoyancy, torque, and other relevant tolerances to be met during production.
(6) The text of any optional marking to be included on the PFD in addition to the markings required by § 160.076-39.
(7) A draft of the information pamphlet required by § 160.076-35.
(8) A draft of the owner's manual required by § 160.076-37.
(9) For any conditionally approved PFD, the intended approval condition(s).
(d) The description required by § 159.005-9 of this chapter of quality control procedures may be omitted if the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures meet the requirements of §§ 160.076-29 and 160.076-31.
(e)
(f)
(1) Satisfactory test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar design as determined by the Commandant.
(2) Engineering analysis demonstrating that the test for which a waiver is requested is not appropriate for the particular design submitted for approval or that, because of its design or construction, it is not possible for the PFD to fail that test.
(g)
(1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place of or in addition to the requirements of this subpart; and
(2) As determined by the Commandant, provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other PFDs that meet the requirements of this subpart.
As provided in § 159.005-15 of this chapter, the Commandant may suspend or terminate the approval of an inflatable PFD design if the manufacturer fails to comply with this subpart or the recognized laboratory's accepted procedures or requirements.
(a) The manufacturer must submit any proposed changes in design, material, or construction to the recognized laboratory and the Commandant for approval before changing PFD production methods.
(b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and materials may be made only by the Commandant or a designated representative.
(a)
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
(b)
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
(a) Each component material used in the manufacturer of an inflatable PFD must—
(1) Meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter, UL 1191, UL 1180, and this section; and
(2) Be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended.
(b) The average permeability of inflation chamber material, determined in accordance with the procedures specified in § 160.076-25(d)(2)(iii) must not be more than 110% of the permeability of the materials determined in approval testing required by § 160.076-25(d)(2)(iii).
(c) The average grab breaking strength and tear strength of the inflation chamber material, determined in accordance with the procedures specified in §§ 160.076-25(d)(2)(i) and 160.076-25(d)(2)(ii), must be at least 90% of the grab breaking strength and tear strength determined from testing required by §§ 160.076-25(d)(2)(i) and 160.076-25(d)(2)(ii). No individual sample result for breaking strength or tear strength may be more than 20% below the results obtained in approval testing.
(d) Each manual, automatic, or manual-auto inflation mechanism must be marked in accordance with § 160.076-39(e).
(a) Each inflatable PFD design must—
(1) Meet the requirements in UL 1180 applicable to the PFD performance type for which approval is sought; and
(2) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may prescribe to approve unique or novel designs.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) To obtain approval of an inflatable PFD design, approval tests specified in UL 1180 and this section must be conducted or supervised by a recognized laboratory using PFDs that have been constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications submitted with the application for approval.
(b) Each PFD design must pass the tests required by UL 1180 and this section that are applicable to the PFD performance type for which approval is sought.
(c) Each test subject participating in the tests in UL 1180, section 6 shall in addition, demonstrate that the test subject can repack the PFD such that it can be used in the donning tests and manual activation tests required by—
(1) Section 6.2.3 of UL 1180; and
(2) Sections 6.4.1, and 6.4.2 of UL 1180, if the test engineer cannot verify that the manual and oral inflators are properly stowed.
(d) Each PFD design must pass the following tests and evaluations:
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(e)
(a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter unless the Commandant authorizes alternative tests and inspections. The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and inspections necessary to maintain quality control and to monitor compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless the Commandant determines that the employees of an alternative laboratory have received training and have access to the same information as the inspectors of the laboratory that conducted the approval testing.
(c) In addition to responsibilities set out in part 159 of this chapter and the accepted Laboratory Follow-up Procedures, each manufacturer of an inflatable PFD and each recognized laboratory inspector shall comply with the following, as applicable:
(1)
(i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, perform all required tests and examinations on each PFD lot before any required inspector's tests and inspection of the lot;
(ii) Follow established procedures for maintaining quality control of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
(iii) Implement a continuing program of employee training and a program for maintaining production and test equipment;
(iv) Admit the inspector to any place in the factory where work is done on PFDs or component materials, and where parts or completed PFDs are stored;
(v) Have an inspector observe the production methods used in producing the first PFD lot and observe any revisions in production methods made thereafter; and
(vi) Allow the inspector to take samples of completed PFDs or of component materials for tests required by this subpart and for tests relating to the safety of the design.
(2)
(i) The manufacturer has a valid approval certificate; and
(ii) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production methods and any revisions to those methods.
(3) The inspector must perform or supervise testing and inspection of at least one in each five lots of PFDs produced.
(4) During each inspection, the inspector must check for compliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
(5) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(6) of this section, at least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must examine the manufacturer's records required by § 160.076-33 and observe the
(6) If less than six lots are produced during a calendar year, only one lot inspection and one records' examination and test performance observation are required during that year. Each lot tested and inspected under paragraph (c)(3) of this section must be within seven lots of the previous lot inspected.
(d)
(e)
(1) Samples shall be selected at random from a lot in which all PFDs or materials in the lot are available for selection. Except as provided in § 160.076-31(c), samples must be selected from completed PFDs.
(2) Different samples must be selected for the manufacturer's and inspector's tests, except, if the total production for any five consecutive lots does not exceed 250 PFDs, the manufacturer's and inspector's tests may be run on the same sample(s) at the same time.
(3) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least equal to the applicable number required by Table 160.076-29A for manufacturers or Table 160.076-29B for inspectors.
(4) The following additional requirements apply as indicated in Table 160.076-29A to individual sample selections by manufacturers:
(i) Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. The tests required under paragraphs 160.076-25(d)(2)(i) through 160.076-25(d)(2)(iv) prescribe the number of samples to select.
(ii) Samples selected for the indicated tests may not be used for more than one test.
(iii) If a sample fails the over-pressure test, the number of samples to be tested in the next lot produced must be at least two percent of the total number of PFDs in the lot or 10 PFDs, whichever is greater.
(iv) The indicated test must be conducted at least once each calendar quarter or whenever a new lot of material is used or a production process is revised.
(5) The following additional requirements apply as indicated in Table 160.076-29B to individual sample selections by inspectors:
(i) Samples selected for the indicated tests may not be used for more than one test.
(ii) The indicated test may be omitted if it was conducted by the manufacturer on the materials used and by the inspector on a previous lot within the past 12 months.
(iii) One sample of each means of marking on each type of fabric or finish used in PFD construction must be tested at least every six months or whenever a new lot of materials is used.
(f)
(2) In lots of 200 or less PFDs, the lot must be rejected if any sample fails one or more tests.
(3) In lots of more than 200 PFDs, the lot must be rejected if—
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.076-29A, one or more samples fail the retest.
(4) A rejected PFD lot may be retested only if allowed under § 160.076-31(e).
(g)
(2) A lot must be rejected if—
(i) A sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.076-29B, one or more samples fail the test.
(3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under § 160.076-31(e).
(h)
(2)
(3)
(a) Samples used in testing must be selected in accordance with § 160.076-29(e).
(b) On each sample selected—
(1) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(8) of this section;
(2) The recognized laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise the tests in paragraphs (c)(4) through (c)(8) of this section; and
(3) In addition to meeting the requirements of this section, each test result must meet the requirements, if any, contained in the approved plans and specifications.
(c) When conducting the tests specified by this paragraph, the following conditions must be met:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as specified in the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
(iv) The PFD must not contain any apparent defects.
(8)
(d)
(i) First quality workmanship;
(ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components, such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, and draw-strings, are as specified in the approved plans and specifications;
(iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in § 160.076-39; and
(iv) That the information pamphlet and owner's manual required by § 160.076-35 and 160.076-37, respectively, are securely attached to the device,
(2)
(3)
(4)
(ii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the inspector must advise the Commandant or the recognized laboratory within 15 days.
(iii) The inspector must prepare and sign the inspection record required by 159.007-13(a) of this chapter and 160.076-33(b). If the lot passes, the record must include the inspector's certification that the lot passed inspection and that no evidence of noncompliance with this section was observed.
(e)
(2) Any PFD rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have been corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the Commandant.
(3) A rejected lot or rejected PFD may not be sold or offered for sale under the representation that it meets this subpart or that it is Coast Guard-approved.
(a) Each manufacturer of inflatable PFDs shall keep the records of production inspections and tests as required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter, except that they must be retained for at least 120 months after the month in which the inspection or test was conducted.
(b) In addition to the information required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter, the manufacturer's records must also include the following information:
(1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if more than one test instrument was available.
(2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of PFDs in the lot.
(3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
(4) For all materials used in production the—
(i) Name and address of the supplier;
(ii) Date of purchase and receipt;
(iii) Lot number; and
(iv) Where required by § 164.019-5 of this chapter, the certification received with standard components.
(5) A copy of this subpart.
(6) Each document incorporated by reference in § 160.076-11.
(7) A copy of the approved plans and specifications.
(8) The approval certificate obtained in accordance with § 2.75-1 and 2.75-5 of this chapter.
(9) Certificates evidencing calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
(c) A description or photographs of procedures and equipment used in testing required by § 159.007-13(a)(4) of this chapter, is not required if the manufacturer's procedures and equipment meet the requirements of this subpart.
(d) The records required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section must be kept for
A pamphlet that is consistent in format to that specified in UL 1123 must be attached to each inflatable PFD sold or offered for sale in such a way that a prospective purchaser can read the pamphlet prior to purchase. The pamphlet text and layout must be submitted to the Commandant for approval. The text must be printed in each pamphlet exactly as approved by the Commandant. Additional information, instructions, or illustrations must not be included within the approved text and layout. Sample pamphlet text and layout may be obtained by contacting the Commandant. This pamphlet may be combined with the manual required by § 160.076-37 if PFD selection and warning information is provided on the PFD packaging in such a way that it remains visible until purchase.
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b) PFD Type. Based on its approval certificate, each PFD must be marked as follows—
(l) “Type I PFD”;
(2) “Type II PFD”;
(3) “Type III PFD”; or
(4) “Type V [
(c) A Type V, conditionally approved, inflatable PFD must be marked with the approval conditions specified on the approval certificate.
(d)
(i) “NOT APPROVED TO MEET CARRIAGE REQUIREMENTS ON COMMERCIAL VESSELS.”
(ii) The unique model, style, or part number of the inflation mechanism approved for use on the PFD.
(2) [Reserved]
(e)
(a) This specification contains requirements for approving hybrid inflatable personal flotation devices (hybrid PFDs).
(b) Under this chapter and 33 CFR part 175, certain commercial vessels and recreational boats may carry Type I, II, or III hybrid PFDs to meet carriage requirements. Type V hybrid PFDs may be substituted for other required PFDs if they are worn under conditions prescribed in their manual as required by § 160.077-29 and on their marking as prescribed in § 160.077-31. For recreational boats or boaters involved in a special activity, hybrid PFD approval may also be limited to that activity.
(c) Unless approved as a Type I SOLAS Lifejacket, a hybrid PFD on an inspected commercial vessel will be approved only—
(1) As work vest; or
(2) For the special purpose stated on the approval certificate and PFD marking.
(d) A hybrid PFD may be approved for adults, weighing over 40 kg (90 lb); youths, weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb); small children, weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb); or for the size range of persons for which the design has been tested, as indicated on the PFD's label.
(e) This specification also contains requirements for—
(1) Manufacturers and sellers of recreational hybrid PFD's to provide an information pamphlet and owner's manual with each PFD; and
(2) Manufacturers of commercial hybrid PFD's to provide a user's manual.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(k)
(l)
(a) A Type V hybrid PFD may be used to meet the Coast Guard PFD carriage requirements of subpart 25.25 of this chapter, and 33 CFR part 175, only if the PFD is used in accordance with any requirements on the approval label. PFDs marked “REQUIRED TO BE WORN” must be worn whenever the vessel is underway and the intended wearer is not within an enclosed space.
(b) If hybrid PFD's with the marking “REQUIRED TO BE WORN” are not worn under the conditions stated in paragraph (a) of this section, other approved PFD's will have to be provided to comply with the applicable carriage requirements in 33 CFR part 175 and subpart 25.25 of this chapter.
(c) The following PFD's must be marked “REQUIRED TO BE WORN” as specified in § 160.077-31:
(1) Each Type V recreational hybrid PFD.
(2) Each Type V commercial hybrid PFD.
(a) A hybrid PFD that successfully passes all applicable tests may be approved as a Type I, II, III, or V for various size ranges of persons weighing over 23 kg (50 lb), as Type I or II for persons weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb) or as Type I or II for other sizes. A Type V PFD has limitations on its approval.
(b) The approval tests in this subpart require each Type V hybrid PFD to have at least the same performance as a Type I, II, or III PFD for adult and youth sizes or Type I or II PFD for child sizes.
(c) A hybrid PFD may be approved for use on recreational boats, commercial vessels or both if the applicable requirements are met.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, “Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference,” which appears in the Finding Aids section of this volume. In that table is found the date of the edition approved, citations to the particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated, addresses where the material is available, and the date of approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in the table, notice of the change must be published in the
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart are:
(a)
(1) Preapproval review under §§ 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 may be omitted if a similar design has already been approved.
(2) The information required in all three subparagraphs of § 159.005-5(a)(2) must be included in the application.
(3) The application must also include the following:
(i) The type of performance (i.e. Donned Type I, Type II or Type III) that the PFD is designed to provide.
(ii) Any special purpose(s) for which the PFD is designed and the vessel(s) or type(s) of vessel on which its use is planned.
(iii) Buoyancy and torque tolerances to be allowed in production.
(iv) The text of any optional marking to be provided in addition to required text.
(v) The manual required by § 160.077-29 (UL 1517 text may be omitted in this submission).
(vi) The size range of wearers that the device is intended to fit.
(4) The description of quality control procedures required by § 159.005-9 of this chapter to be submitted with the test report may be omitted as long as the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures comply with § 160.077-23.
(b)
(1) Acceptable test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar design.
(2) Engineering analysis showing that the test is not applicable to the particular design or that by design or construction the PFD cannot fail the test.
(c)
(1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place of or in addition to requirements in this subpart; and
(2) Provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other PFD's that do comply with this subpart.
(a) Each change in design, material, or construction of an approved PFD must be approved by the Commandant before being used in any production of PFDs.
(b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and materials may be made only by the Commandant.
(a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under § 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions under this subpart: Underwriters
(b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the approval testing.
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i) Retain at least 40% of its strength after being subjected to 300 hours of sunshine carbon arc weathering as specified by Method 5804.1 of Federal Test Method Standard Number 191; or
(ii) Meet UL 1517, section 4.3.
(6)
(7)
(i) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact with it; and
(ii) Unless it is expendable (such as an inflation medium cartridge), 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel or perform its intended function, and have no visible pitting or other damage on any surface, after 720 hours of salt spray testing according to ASTM B 117 (incorporated by reference, see § 160.077-5).
(8)
(b)
(1) Plastic foam meeting—
(i) Subpart 164.013 of this chapter;
(ii) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter; or
(iii) UL 1191 and having a V factor of 89 except that foam with a lower V factor may be used if it provides buoyancy which, after a normal service life, is at least equal to that of a PFD made with material having a V factor of 89 and the required minimum inherent buoyancy when new; or
(2) Kapok meeting subpart 164.003 of this chapter.
(c)
(i) Be of a type accepted for use on Type I PFD's approved under subpart 160.002 of this chapter; or
(ii) Meet the Type V requirements for “Fabrics for Wearable Devices” in UL 1191, except that its breaking strength must be at least 400 N (90 lb.) in both the directions of greater and lesser thread count.
(2)
(3)
(i) Meet the requirements in paragraph (c)(i) of this section; or
(ii) Be of a type accepted for use on Type II PFD's approved under subpart 160.047 of this chapter.
(d)
(2)
(i) Bladder materials in section 3.2.6 of MIL-L-24611(SH) if the material is an unsupported film, except that any color or finish may be used; or
(ii) Coated fabric in section 3.1.1 of TSO-C13 if the material is a coated fabric.
(3)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(2)
(3)
(i) Easily initiated;
(ii) Non-jamming;
(iii) Right handed; and
(iv) Of a locking type.
(h)
(1) The inflation medium must not contain or produce compounds more toxic than CO
(2) Any chemical reaction during inflation must not leave a toxic residue.
(i) [
(j)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(2) Each recreational hybrid PFD must—
(i) If second stage donning is required, have an obvious method for doing it;
(ii) If it is to be marked as Type II or Type V providing Type I or II performance, not require second stage donning to achieve that performance;
(iii) Be capable of being worn while inflated at 60 N (13 lb.) of buoyancy without significantly changing its appearance from, or making it significantly less comfortable than, the uninflated condition;
(iv) Not cause significant discomfort to the wearer during and after inflation; and
(v) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism and can be put on inside out, not restrict breathing when donned inside out, adjusted to fit, and inflated.
(b)
(1) Have one or more inflation chambers;
(2) Have at least one oral means of inflation on each inflation chamber;
(3) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at least one chamber, if marked as providing Type I or II performance;
(4) Be constructed so that the intended method of donning is obvious to an untrained wearer;
(5) Not have a channel that can direct water to the wearer's face to any greater extent than that of the reference vest defined in § 160.077-3(j).
(6) Have a retainer for each adjustable closure to prevent any part of the closure from being easily removed from the PFD;
(7) If marked as universally sized for wearers weighing over 40 kg (90 pounds), have a chest size range of at least 76 to 120 cm (30 to 52 in.);
(8) Not have means of access to any inherently buoyant inserts;
(9) Not have edges, projections, or corners, either external or internal, that are sufficiently sharp to damage the PFD or cause injury to anyone using or maintaining the PFD;
(10) Be of first quality workmanship;
(11) Unless otherwise allowed by the approval certificate—
(i) Not incorporate means obviously intended for attaching the PFD to the vessel; and
(ii) Not have any instructions indicating that attachment is intended;
(12) Except as otherwise required by this section, meet UL Standard 1517, sections 6.14, 6.20, 7.1, 7.3, 7.8, 8.4, and 9; and
(13) Provide the minimum buoyancies specified in Table 160.077-15(b)(13).
(14) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may prescribe, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
(c)
(i) Not require tools to activate it or replace its inflation medium cartridge or water sensitive element;
(ii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an untrained wearer; and
(iii) Be located outside of its inflation chamber.
(2) Each oral inflation mechanism must—
(i) Be designed to operate without pulling on the mechanism;
(ii) Not be capable of locking in the open or closed position except that, a friction-fit dust cap that only locks in the closed position may be used; and
(iii) Have a non-toxic mouthpiece.
(3) Each automatic and manual inflation mechanism must—
(i) Have a simple method for replacing the inflation medium cartridge; and
(ii) Be in a ready-to-use condition or be conspicuously marked to indicate that the inflation mechanism is not in a ready-to-use condition and that the purchaser must assemble it.
(4) Each manual inflation mechanism must—
(i) Provide an easy means of inflation that requires only one deliberate action on the part of the wearer to actuate it; and
(ii) Be operated by pulling on an inflation handle that is marked “Jerk to Inflate” at two visible locations.
(5) Each automatic inflation mechanism must—
(i) Have an obvious method for indicating whether the mechanism has been activated; and
(ii) Be incapable of assembly without its water sensitive element.
(6) The marking required for the inflation handle of a manual inflation mechanism must be waterproof, permanent, and readable from a distance of 2.5 m (8 ft.).
(d)
(2) Each deflation mechanism must—
(i) Be readily accessible to either hand when the PFD is worn while inflated;
(ii) Not require tools to operate it;
(iii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an untrained wearer, and
(iv) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position.
(3) The deflation mechanism may be the oral inflation mechanism.
(e)
(a)
(1) Paragraph (b) of this section; and
(2) Section 160.077-15, except § 160.077-15(a)(2)(iii) and § 160.077-15(c)(1)(i).
(b)
(1) Be able to pass the tests in § 160.077-21;
(2) Not present a snag hazard when properly worn;
(3) When worn inflated, have a visible external surface area of at least 1300 sq. cm (200 sq. in.) in front and 450 sq. cm (70 sq. in.) in back that are primarily vivid reddish orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the “Color Names Dictionary”;
(4) Have at least one inflation chamber, except that a hybrid PFD approved as a SOLAS lifejacket must have at least two inflation chambers;
(5) Have at least one manual inflation mechanism.
(6) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at least one chamber; and
(7) Not require second stage donning after inflation.
(8) If approved for adults, be universally sized as specified in § 160.077-15(b)(7).
(9) Commercial hybrid PFDs employing closures with less than 1600 N (360 lb) strength, must have at least two closures that meet UL 1517, Section 22.1.
(10) Each commercial hybrid PFD must have an attachment for a PFD light securely fastened to the front shoulder area. The location should be such that if the light is attached it will not damage or impair the performance of the PFD.
(11) In the deflated and the inflated condition, provide buoyancies of at least the values in Table 160.077-17(b)(11).
(a)
(2) All data relating to buoyancy and pressure must be taken at, or corrected to, standard atmospheric pressure of 760 mm (29.92 inches) of mercury and temperature of 20 °C (68 °F).
(3) The tests in paragraph (b) of this section must be completed before doing the tests in paragraph (d) of this section.
(4) In each test that specifies inflation by an automatic inflation mechanism and either or both of the other mechanisms, the automatic inflation mechanism must be tested first.
(5) Some tests in this section require PFD's to be tested while being worn. The number and characteristics of the test subjects must be as prescribed in section 11 of UL 1517.
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(i)
If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subject may use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.
(ii)
(iii)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(i) Recreational hybrid inflatables must provide minimum buoyancy as specified in Table 160.077-15(b)(13):
(ii) The buoyancy and volume displacement of kapok buoyant inserts must be tested in accordance with the procedures prescribed in § 160.047-4(c)(4) and § 160.047-5(e)(1) in lieu of the procedures in UL 1517, section 18 and 19.
(7)
(i)
(ii)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(i)
(ii)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(c)
(d)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(e) The Commandant may prescribe additional tests, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(i)
—If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subjectmay use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.
(ii)
(5)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(1) At least 75% of the PFD's retroreflective material on the outside of the PFD, and the PFD light, must be above the water when the subject is floating in the stable flotation attitude; and
(2) The subject when floating in the stable flotation position and looking to the side, must be able to see—
(i) The water no more than 3 m (10 ft.) away; or
(ii) A mark on a vertical scale no higher than the lowest mark which can be viewed when floating in the same position in the reference vest defined in § 160.077-3(j).
(3) Each adult test subject must have a freeboard of at least:
(i) 100 mm (4 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a Type I hybrid PFD; or
(ii) 120 mm (4.75 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a SOLAS lifejacket.
(e)
(f)
(g) The Commandant may prescribe additional tests, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
(a)
(2) The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and inspections if needed to maintain quality control and check for compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
(b)
(1)
(ii) Perform required testing of each incoming lot of inflation chamber material before using that lot in production;
(iii) Have procedures for maintaining quality control of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
(iv) Have a continuing program of employee training and a program for maintaining production and test equipment;
(v) Have an inspector from the independent laboratory observe the production methods used in producing the first PFD lot produced and observe any revisions made thereafter in production methods;
(vi) Admit the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to any place in the factory where work is done on hybrid PFD's or component materials, and where completed PFD's are stored; and
(vii) Allow the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to take samples of completed PFD's or of component materials for tests prescribed in this subpart.
(2)
(i) An inspector may not perform or supervise any production test or inspection unless—
(A) The manufacturer has a current approval certificate; and
(B) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production methods and any revisions to those methods.
(ii) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, an inspector
(iii) During each inspection, the inspector must check for noncompliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
(iv) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, at least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must, as a check on the manufacturer's compliance with this section, examine the manufacturer's records required by § 160.077-25 and observe the manufacturer perform each of the tests required by paragraph (h) of this section.
(v) If less than six lots are produced during any calendar year, only one lot inspection in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, and one records examination and test performance observation in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section is required during that year. Each lot tested and inspected must be within seven lots of the previous lot inspected.
(c)
(d)
(2) Each sample PFD selected must be complete, unless otherwise specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Each adult test subject must have a freeboard of at least:
(i) 100 mm (4 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a Type I hybrid PFD; or
(ii) 120 mm (4.75 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a SOLAS lifejacket.
(4) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least the number listed in Table 160.077-23A or Table 160.077-23B, as applicable, except as allowed in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
(5) If the total production for any five consecutive lots does not exceed 250 devices, the manufacturer's and inspector's tests can be run on the same sample(s) at the same time.
(e)
(2) In lots of 200 or less PFD's the lot must be rejected if any sample fails one or more tests.
(3) In lots of more than 200 PFD's, the lost must be rejected if—
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23A, one or more samples fail the test.
(4) A rejected PFD lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph (k) of this section.
(5) In testing inflation chamber materials, a lot is accepted only if the average of the results of testing the minimum number of samples prescribed in the reference tests in § 160.077-19(d) is within the tolerances specified in § 160.077-11(d)(1). Any lot that is rejected may not be used in production.
(f)
(2) A lot must be rejected if—
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23B, one or more samples fail the test.
(3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph (k) of this section.
(g)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(4)
(h)
(ii) On the samples selected for testing—
(A) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraph (h)(2) through (h)(8) of this section; and
(B) The independent laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise the tests in paragraph (h)(4) through (h)(9) of this section.
(iii) Each individual test result must, in addition to meeting the requirements in this paragraph, comply with the requirements, if any, set out in the approved plans and specifications.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as specified on the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
(iv) The PFD must not otherwise be defective.
(9)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(i) First quality workmanship;
(ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, drawstrings, etc. are as specified in the approved plans and specifications; and
(iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in § 160.077-31.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(ii) An inspector may not perform a final lot inspection unless the manufacturer has a current approval certificate.
(iii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the inspector shall notify the Commandant immediately.
(iv) The inspector must prepare and sign the record required by § 159.077-13 of this chapter and § 160.077-25(b). If the lot passes, the record must also include the inspector's certification to that effect and a certification that no evidence of noncompliance with this section was observed.
(k)
(2) Any PFD rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be resubmitted for examination or inspection if
(3) A rejected lot or rejected PFD may not be sold or offered for sale with the representation that it meets this subpart or that it is Coast Guard approved.
(a) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must keep the records required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter, except that they must be retained at least 120 months after the month in which the inspection or test was conducted.
(b) Each record required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter must also include the following information:
(1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if there is more than one available.
(2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of PFD's in the lot.
(3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
(c) The description or photographs of procedures and apparatus used in testing is not required for the records prescribed in § 159.077-13 of this chapter as long as the manufacturer's procedures and apparatus meet the requirements of this subpart.
(d) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must also keep the following records:
(1) Records for all materials used in production including the following:
(i) Name and address of the supplier.
(ii) Date of purchase and receipt.
(iii) Lot number.
(iv) Certification meeting § 160.077-11(a)(4).
(2) A copy of this subpart.
(3) Each document incorporated by reference in § 160.077-9.
(4) A copy of the approved plans and specifications.
(5) The approval certificate.
(6) Calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
(e) The records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records required by paragraph (d) of this section must be kept for at least 60 months.
At 50 FR 33935, Aug. 22, 1985, § 160.077-25 (a) and (e) were added. This amendment contains information collection requirements which will not be effective until approval has been obtained from the Office of Management and Budget.
(a) Each recreational hybrid PFD sold or offered for sale must be provided with a pamphlet that a prospective purchaser can read prior to purchase. The required pamphlet text must be printed verbatim and in the sequence set out in paragraph (e) of this section. Additional information, instructions, or illustrations must not be included within the required text. The type size shall be no smaller than 8-point.
(b) Each pamphlet must be prominently marked “Seller, do not remove pamphlet.”
(c) No person may sell or offer for sale any recreational hybrid PFD unless the pamphlet required by this section is provided with it.
(d) The text specified in paragraphs (e)(2) of this section must be accompanied by illustrations of the types of devices being described. The illustrations provided must be either photographs or drawings of the manufacturer's own products or illustrations of other Coast Guard-approved PFDs.
(e) For a Type I hybrid PFD intended for recreational use or a Type II, III, or V recreational hybrid PFD, the pamphlet contents must be as follows:
(1) The text in UL 1517, Section 39, item A;
(2) The following text and illustrations:
This is a Type [
The following types of PFDs are designed to perform as described in calm water and when the wearer is not wearing any other flotation material (such as a wetsuit).
(3) A table with the applicable PFD Type, size, and buoyancy values from Table 160.077-15(b)(13) or 160.077-17(b)(11), as applicable; and
(4) The text in UL 1517, Section 39, items D, E, and F.
(a)
(b)
(1) The manual text for a recreational hybrid PFD must be printed verbatim and in the sequence set out in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section, as applicable.
(2) The manual for a commercial hybrid PFD must meet the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section except that the manual for a commercial Type I PFD which is also labeled for recreational use must meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Additional information, instructions, or illustrations may be included within the specified text of the manuals required by this section if there is no contradiction to the required information.
(c)
(1) The following text:
This PFD has limited inherent buoyancy which means YOU MAY HAVE TO INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT, and its inflatable portion requires maintenance. While these PFDs are not required to be worn, if you have an accident or fall overboard, you are much more likely to survive if you are already wearing a PFD.
There is only one way to find out if you will float while wearing the PFD when it is not inflated. That is to try this PFD in the water as explained in [
(2) Instructions on use including instructions on donning, inflation, replenishing inflation mechanisms, and recommended practice operation;
(3) Instructions on how to properly inspect and maintain the PFD, and recommendations concerning frequency of inspection;
(4) Instructions on how to get the PFD repaired;
(5) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, items B and D;
(6) The following text:
A PFD provides buoyancy to help keep your head above water and to help you stay face up. The average in-water-weight of an adult is only about 5 to 10 pounds. The buoyancy provided by most PFDs will support that weight in water. However, the hybrid Type I, II, or III PFD may be an exception. The uninflated buoyancy provided by this PFD may only float 90 percent of the boating
(7) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, item G;
(8) The following text:
Your PFD won't help you if you don't have it on. It is well-known that most boating accidents occur on calm water during a clear sunny day. It is also true that in approximately 80 percent of all boating accident fatalities, the victim did not use a PFD. Don't wait until it's too late. Non-swimmers and children especially should wear their PFD at all times when on or near the water. Hybrid Type I, II, III or V PFDs are not recommended for non-swimmers unless inflated enough to float the wearer.
(9) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, items I, J, K, and L; and
(10) A table with the applicable PFD Type, size, and buoyancy values from Table 160.077-15(b)(13) or 160.077-17(b)(11), as applicable, or provide a reference to appropriate pamphlet table, if the pamphlet is combined with the manual.
(d)
(1) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, item A;
(2) Instructions on use including instructions on donning, inflation, replenishing inflation mechanisms, and recommended practice operation;
(3) Instructions on how to properly inspect and maintain the PFD, and recommendations concerning frequency of inspection;
(4) Instructions on how to get the PFD repaired; and
(5) The text in UL 1517, section 40, that is not included under paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(e)
(2) For a commercial hybrid PFD approved as a “Work Vest Only” or Type I PFD the manual must meet the requirements of either paragraphs (e) (3) and (4) or of paragraph (c) of this section. The manual for a commercial Type I hybrid PFD which is also labeled for use on recreational boats must meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Each commercial hybrid PFD approved with special purpose limitation must have a user's manual that—
(i) Explains in detail the proper care, maintenance, stowage, and use of the PFD; and
(ii) Includes any other safety information as prescribed by the approval certificate.
(4) If the manual required in paragraph (e)(3) of this section calls for inspection or service by vessel personnel, the manual must—
(i) Specify personnel training or qualifications needed;
(ii) Explain how to identify the PFDs that need to be inspected; and
(iii) Provide a log in which inspections and servicing may be recorded.
(5) If a PFD light approved under subpart 161.012 is not provided at time of sale, the manual must specify the recommended type of light to be used.
(6) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, manufacturers that make shipments to purchasers that do not redistribute the PFDs, must provide at least one manual in each carton of PFDs shipped.
(a)
(1) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism and is packaged and sold with one inflation medium cartridge loaded into the inflation
(2) If it has an automatic inflation mechanism and is packaged and sold with one water sensitive element loaded into the inflation mechanism, have at least two additional spare water sensitive elements packaged with it. If it is sold without a water sensitive element loaded into the inflation mechanism, it must be packaged and sold with at least three water sensitive elements.
(b)
(1) In a ready-to-use condition but which has covers or restraints to inhibit tampering with the inflation mechanism prior to sale, must have any such covers or restraints conspicuously marked “REMOVE IMMEDIATELY AFTER PURCHASE.”; or
(2) Without an inflation medium cartridge, a water sensitive element, or both pre-loaded into the inflation mechanism, must include the markings required in § 160.077-15(c)(3)(ii).
(a)
(b)
(c)
Recreational hybrid inflatable—Approved for use only on recreational boats. [
A Pamphlet and Owner's Manual must be provided with this PFD.
(d)
Commercial hybrid inflatable—Approved for use on [
(e)
(1) U.S. Coast Guard Approval Number (insert assigned approval number).
(2) Manufacturer's or private labeler's name and address.
(3) Lot Number.
(4) Date, or year and calendar quarter, of manufacture.
(5) Necessary vital care or use instructions, if any, such as the following:
(i) Warning against dry cleaning.
(ii) Size and type of inflation medium cartridges required.
(iii) Specific donning instructions.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(1) “all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial vessels”
(2) “all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial vessels. REQUIRED TO BE WORN to meet Coast Guard carriage requirements (except for persons in enclosed spaces as explained in owner's manual)”
(3) “inspected commercial vessels as a WORK VEST only.”
(4) “[
(k)
(1) ADULT—For persons weighing more than 40 kg (90 lb).
(2) YOUTH—For persons weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb).
(3) CHILD SMALL—For persons weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb).
(4) “[
This subpart prescribes standards, tests, and procedures for approval by the Coast Guard of SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts, and for their periodic inspection and repair at approved facilities (“servicing”). Certain provisions of this subpart also apply to inflatable buoyant apparatus as specified in § 160.010-3 and to inflatable liferafts for domestic service as specified in subpart 160.051.
In this subpart, the term:
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart and the sections affected are as follows:
Except as specified in this subpart, each SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferaft must meet the requirements of Chapter III of SOLAS. To be approved under this subpart, inflatable liferafts must be constructed in accordance with the following provisions of SOLAS:
(a) Chapter III, Regulation 30, paragraph 2 (III/30.2), General requirements for life-saving appliances.
(b) Chapter III, Regulation 38 (III/38) General requirements for liferafts.
(c) Chapter III, Regulation 39 (III/39) Inflatable liferafts.
(d) Chapter III, Regulation 51 (III/51) Training manual.
(e) Chapter III, Regulation 52 (III/52) Instructions for on-board maintenance.
Tests and inspections that this subpart requires to be conducted by an independent laboratory must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of part 159 of this chapter to perform such tests and inspections. A list of accepted laboratories is available from the Commandant.
(a) A manufacturer seeking approval of an inflatable liferaft must comply with the procedures in part 159, subpart 159.005, of this chapter and in this section.
(b) A manufacturer seeking approval of an inflatable liferaft must submit an application meeting the requirements of § 159.005-5 of this chapter for preapproval review. To meet the requirements of § 159.005-5(a)(2) of this chapter, the manufacturer shall submit—
(1) General-arrangement drawing including principal dimensions;
(2) Seating-arrangement plan;
(3) Plans for subassemblies;
(4) Plans for carriage and, in detail, stowage of equipment;
(5) Plans for the inflation system;
(6) Plans for the outer container;
(7) Plans for any lifting shackle or ring, including diameter in cross-section, used for connecting the suspension tackle of a davit-launched inflatable liferaft to the automatic disengaging device used for its hoisting and lowering;
(8) Other drawing(s) necessary to show that the inflatable liferaft complies with the requirements of this subpart;
(9) Description of methods of seam and joint construction;
(10) Samples and identification of each material used in the buoyancy chambers, floor, and canopy, including the identity of their manufacturers, and segments of each type of seam made from such materials; and
(11) Complete data pertinent to the installation and use of the proposed inflatable liferaft, including the maximum proposed height of its installation above the water, and the maximum length of the sea painter installed in the inflatable liferaft.
If the manufacturer is notified that the information submitted in accordance with § 160.151-11 is satisfactory to the Commandant, fabrication of a prototype inflatable liferaft must proceed in the following sequence:
(a) The manufacturer shall arrange for an independent laboratory to inspect the liferaft during its fabrication and prepare an inspection report meeting the requirements of § 159.005-11 of this chapter. The independent laboratory shall conduct at least one inspection during layup of the buoyancy tubes of the liferaft, at least one inspection of the finished liferaft when fully inflated, and as many other inspections as are necessary to determine that the liferaft—
(1) Is constructed by the methods and with the materials specified in the plans;
(2) Passes the applicable inspections and tests required by § 160.151-31; and
(3) Conforms with the manufacturer's plans.
(b) The manufacturer shall submit the independent laboratory's inspection report to the Commandant for review.
(c) If, after review of the inspection report of the independent laboratory, the Commandant notifies the manufacturer that the liferaft is in compliance with the requirements of this subpart, the manufacturer may proceed with the approval tests required under §§ 160.151-27 and 160.151-29.
(d) The manufacturer shall notify the cognizant OCMI of where the approval tests required under §§ 160.151-27 and 160.151-29 will take place and arrange with the OCMI a testing schedule that allows for a Coast Guard inspector to travel to the site where the testing is to be performed.
(e) The manufacturer shall admit the Coast Guard inspector to any place where work or testing is performed on inflatable liferafts or their component parts and materials for the purpose of—
(1) Assuring that the quality-assurance program of the manufacturer is satisfactory;
(2) Witnessing tests; and
(3) Taking samples of parts or materials for additional inspections or tests.
(f) The manufacturer shall make available to the Coast Guard inspector the affidavits or invoices from the suppliers of all essential materials used in the production of inflatable liferafts, together with records identifying the lot numbers of the liferafts in which such materials were used.
(g) On conclusion of the approval testing, the manufacturer shall comply with the requirements of § 159.005-9(a)(5) of this chapter by submitting the following to the Commandant:
(1) The report of the prototype testing prepared by the manufacturer. The report must include a signed statement by the Coast Guard inspector who witnessed the testing, indicating that the report accurately describes the testing and its results.
(2) The final plans of the liferaft as built. The plans must include—
(i) The servicing manual described in § 160.151-37;
(ii) The instructions for training and maintenance described in §§ 160.151-59 and 160.151-61, respectively;
(iii) The final version of the plans required under § 160.151-11(b), including—
(A) Each correction, change, or addition made during the construction and approval testing of prototypes;
(B) Sufficient detail to determine that each requirement of this subpart is met;
(C) Fabrication details for the inflatable liferaft, including details of the method of making seams and joints; and
(D) Full details of the inflation system.
(3) A description of the quality-control procedures that will apply to the production of the inflatable liferaft. These must include—
(i) The system for checking material certifications received from suppliers;
(ii) The method for controlling the inventory of materials;
(iii) The method for checking quality of seams and joints; and
(iv) The inspection checklists used during various stages of fabrication to assure that the approved liferaft complies with the approved plans and the requirements of this subpart.
To satisfy the requirements of the regulations of SOLAS indicated in § 160.151-7, each inflatable liferaft must meet the following requirements of this section:
(a)
(1) Type 2, Class B, for the canopy;
(2) Type 8 for seam tape;
(3) Type 11 for the inflatable floor; and
(4) Type 16, Class AA, for all other inflatable compartments and structural components.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(1) Slings and reinforcements of sufficient strength retain the inflation cylinders in place when the liferaft is dropped into the water from its stowage height and during inflation; and
(2) The painter and the inflation cylinders of the liferaft are linked to start inflation when the painter is pulled by one person exerting a force not exceeding 150 N (34 lb).
(m)
(n)
(o)
(1) Must include a telltale made with a seal-and-wire, or equivalent, method for indicating whether the liferaft has been tampered with or used since packing;
(2) Must be designed so that the liferaft breaks free of the container when inflation is initiated, without the need to manually open or remove any closing arrangement;
(3) Must have an interior surface smooth and free from splinters, barbs, or rough projections;
(4) Must be of rigid construction where the liferaft is intended for float-free launching or for exposed stowage on deck;
(5) If rigid, must be designed to facilitate securing the inflatable liferaft to a vessel to permit quick release for manual launching;
(6) If constructed of fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic, must be provided with a means to prevent abrasion of the liferaft fabric, such as by using a gel-coated interior finish of the container, enclosing the liferaft in an envelope of plastic film, or equivalent means; and
(7) Except as provided in paragraph (o)(4) of this section, may be of fabric construction. Each container of fabric construction must be made of coated cloth, include carrying handles and drain holes, and be adaptable to stowage and expeditious removal from lockers and deck-mounted enclosures adjacent to liferaft-launching stations. The weight of a liferaft in a fabric container including its container and equipment may not exceed 100 kg (220 lb).
To satisfy the requirements of the indicated regulations of SOLAS, each SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferaft must be manufactured in accordance with §§ 160.151-7 and 160.151-15, and must comply with the following additional requirements:
(a)
(2) Each liferaft manufactured under this subpart must have water-containing stability appendages on its underside to resist capsizing from wind and waves. These appendages must meet the following requirements:
(i) The total volume of the appendages must not be less than 220 liters (7.77 ft
(ii) The total volume of the appendages for liferafts approved to accommodate more than 10 persons must be not less than 20 × N liters -(0.706 × N ft
(iii) The appendages must be securely attached and evenly distributed around the periphery of the exterior bottom of the liferaft. They may be omitted at the locations of inflation cylinders.
(iv) The appendages must consist of at least two separate parts so that damage to one part will permit at least half of the required total volume to remain intact.
(v) Openings in or between the appendages must be provided to limit the formation of air pockets under the inflatable liferaft.
(vi) The appendages must be designed to deploy underwater when the liferaft inflates, and to fill to at least 60 percent of their capacity within 25 seconds of deployment. If weights are used for this purpose, they must be of corrosion-resistant material.
(vii) The primary color of the appendages must be vivid reddish orange (color number 34 of NBS Special Publication 440), or a fluorescent color of a similar hue.
(b)
(c)
To obtain Coast Guard approval, the equipment in each SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferaft must meet the following specific requirements when complying with the indicated regulations of SOLAS:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(1) Be waterproof;
(2) Whatever other language or languages they may be in, be in English;
(3) Meet the guidelines in IMO Resolution A.657(16); and
(4) Be suspended in a clear film envelope from one of the arch tubes of the canopy.
(w)
(1) Be waterproof;
(2) Whatever other language or languages they may be in, be in English;
(3) Meet the guidelines in IMO Resolution A.657(16);
(4) Explain both the noise accompanying the operation of any provided pressure-relief valves, and the need to render them inoperable after they complete venting; and
(5) Be suspended from the inside canopy, so they are immediately visible by survivors on entering the inflatable liferaft. They may be contained in the same envelope with the instructions on how to survive if the instructions for immediate action are visible through both faces of the envelope.
(x)
Each thermal protective aid described by Regulation III/38.5.1.24 must be approved by the Commandant under approval series 160.174.
(y)
(1) Six or more sealing clamps or serrated conical plugs, or a combination of the two;
(2) Five or more tube patches at least 50 mm (2 in) in diameter;
(3) A roughing tool, if necessary to apply the patches; and
(4) If the patches are not self-adhesive, a container of cement compatible with the liferaft fabric and the patches, marked with instructions for use and an expiration date.
(z)
(aa)
The manufacturer may specify additional equipment to be carried in inflatable liferafts if the equipment is identified in the manufacturer's approved drawings and if the packing and inspection of the equipment is covered in the servicing manual. Any such additional equipment for which performance or approval standards are prescribed in this part or in 47 CFR part 80 must comply with those standards.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, to satisfy the testing requirements of: IMO Resolution A.689(17), part 1, paragraphs 5.1 through 5.15 inclusive; paragraph 5.16 for a davit-launched inflatable liferaft; and paragraph 5.17, a prototype inflatable liferaft of each design submitted for Coast Guard approval must meet the additional specific requirements and tests specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
(b) The Commandant may waive certain tests for a liferaft identical in construction to a liferaft that has successfully completed the tests, if the liferafts differ only in size and are of essentially the same design.
(c) Tests must be conducted in accordance with the indicated paragraphs of IMO Resolution A.689(17), except:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(i) The lowest breaking strength obtained for each item; or
(ii) The component manufacturer's ultimate strength rating.
(d) The boarding ramp on each liferaft equipped with one must be demonstrated capable of supporting one person weighing 100 kg (220 lb), sitting or kneeling and not holding onto any other part of the liferaft.
To verify compliance with the requirements of Regulation III/39.5.1, the following test must be conducted for SOLAS A and SOLAS B inflatable liferafts in addition to those required by § 160.151-27 and IMO Resolution A.689(17):
(a)
(1) The appendage must be attached to a testing jig similar in material and construction to the appendage's intended location on a liferaft. The method of attachment must be the same as used on a liferaft. The appendage and jig must be attached to a scale capable of recording peak readings, and suspended over a pool of calm water. The dry weight must be recorded.
(2) The appendage and jig must then be quickly lowered into the water until the appendage is completely submerged. When the appendage has been in the water for 25 seconds, it must be smoothly lifted completely out of the water, and the peak weight after the appendage is removed from the water recorded.
(3) The difference in weights measured according to paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this section must be at least 60 percent of the appendage's volume, calculated in accordance with § 160.151-17(a)(2)(i).
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Production inspections and tests of inflatable liferafts must be carried out in accordance with the procedures for independent laboratory inspection in part 159, subpart 159.007, of this chapter and with those of this section.
(b) Each liferaft approved by the Coast Guard must be identified with unique lot and serial numbers as follows:
(1) Each lot must consist of not more than 50 liferafts of the same design and carrying capacity.
(2) A new lot must begin whenever the liferafts undergo changes of design, material, production method, or source of supply for any essential component.
(3) The manufacturer may use a running-lot system, whereby the fabrication of the individual liferafts of a lot occurs over an extended interval under an irregular schedule. Each running lot must comprise not more than 10 liferafts of the same design and carrying capacity. Each running-lot system must be in accordance with a procedure proposed by the manufacturer and approved by the Commandant.
(4) Unless a lot is a running lot, each lot must consist of liferafts produced under a process of continuous production.
(c) Among the records required to be retained by the manufacturer under § 159.007-13 of this chapter, are affidavits or invoices from the suppliers identifying all essential materials used in the production of approved liferafts, together with the lot numbers of the liferafts constructed with those materials.
(d) Each approved liferaft must pass each of the inspections and tests described in IMO Resolution A.689(17), part 2, paragraphs 5.1.3 through 5.1.6 inclusive, and prescribed by paragraphs
(e) The test described in IMO Resolution A.689(17), Paragraph 2/5.1.5, must be conducted under the following conditions:
(1) The test must last 1 hour, with a maximum allowable pressure drop of 5 percent after compensation for changes in ambient temperature and barometric pressure.
(2) For each degree Celsius of rise in temperature, 0.385 kPa must be subtracted from the final pressure reading (0.031 psig per degree Fahrenheit). For each degree Celsius of drop in temperature, 0.385 kPa must be added to the final pressure reading (again, 0.031 psig per degree Fahrenheit).
(3) For each mm of mercury of rise in barometric pressure, 0.133 kPa must be added to the final temperature-corrected pressure reading (0.049 psig per 0.1 inch of mercury). For each mm of mercury of drop in barometric pressure, 0.133 kPa must be subtracted from the final temperature-corrected pressure reading (again, 0.049 psig per 0.1 inch of mercury). Corrections for changes in ambient barometric pressure are necessary only if a measuring instrument open to the atmosphere, such as a manometer, is used.
(f) One liferaft from each lot of fewer than 30 liferafts, and two from each lot of 30 to 50 liferafts, must pass the test described in IMO Resolution A.689(17), part 2, paragraphs 5.1.1 and 5.1.2. If any liferaft fails this test—
(1) The reason for the failure must be determined;
(2) Each liferaft in the lot must be examined for the defect and repaired if reparable, or scrapped if irreparable; and
(3) The lot test must be repeated, including random selection of the liferaft or liferafts to be tested. If any liferafts from the lot have left the place of manufacture, they must be recalled for examination, repair, and testing as necessary; or else the required actions must take place at an approved servicing facility.
(g) The manufacturer shall arrange for inspections by an accepted independent laboratory at least once in each calendar quarter in which production of liferafts approved by the Coast Guard takes place. The time and date of each inspection must be selected by the independent laboratory, to occur when completed liferafts are in the manufacturing facility and others are under construction. The manufacturer shall ensure that the inspector from the independent laboratory—
(1) Conducts the inspection and witnesses the tests required by paragraph (f) of this section, and further conducts a visual inspection to verify that the liferafts are being made in accordance with the approved plans and the requirements of this subpart;
(2) Examines the records of production inspections and tests for liferafts produced since the last inspection by an independent laboratory to verify that each required inspection and test has been carried out satisfactorily;
(3) Conducts a design audit on at least one liferaft approved by the Coast Guard each year. If possible, different models of liferafts must be examined in the design audit from year to year. To retain Coast Guard approval, the manufacturer shall demonstrate to the inspector during each design audit that—
(i) Each part used in the liferaft matches the part called for by the approved plans;
(ii) Each part and subassembly are of the materials and components indicated on the approved plans or their bills of materials; and
(iii) Each critical dimension is correct as shown either by measurement or by proper fit and function in the next-higher assembly.
(a) Whatever other languages they may be in, markings required on each inflatable liferaft and its container must be in English.
(b) The markings required on the liferaft container under Regulation III/39.7.3 of SOLAS must be on a plate or label sufficiently durable to withstand continuous exposure to environmental
(1) Manufacturer's model identification; and
(2) U.S. Coast Guard approval number.
(c) In addition to the markings required on the inflatable liferaft under Regulation III/39.8 of SOLAS, the liferaft must be marked with the—
(1) Manufacturer's model identification;
(2) Lot number; and
(3) U.S. Coast Guard approval number.
(a)
(b)
(1) Prepare a servicing manual or manuals complying with § 160.151-37 to cover each model and size of liferaft that the manufacturer produces. The manual or manuals must be submitted to the Commandant for approval.
(2) At least once each year, issue a list of revisions to the manual or manuals, and issue a list of bulletins affecting the manual or manuals, that are in effect.
(3) Make available to each servicing facility approved by the Coast Guard the manual or manuals, the revisions, the bulletins, the plans, and any unique parts and tools that may be necessary to service the liferaft. The plans may be either the manufacturing drawings, or special plans prepared especially for use by servicing technicians. They may be incorporated into the manual or manuals.
(4) Have a training program complying with § 160.151-39 for the certification of servicing technicians.
(5) Notify the OCMI for the zone in which the servicing facility is located whenever the manufacturer becomes aware of servicing at approved facilities that is not in accordance with the requirements of this subpart, or aware of falsification by an approved facility of records required by this subpart.
(c) A manufacturer of liferafts not approved by the Coast Guard may establish servicing facilities approved by the Coast Guard for such liferafts in the United States if the manufacturer meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section.
(a) The servicing manual must provide instructions on performing the following tasks:
(1) Removing the inflatable liferaft from the container for testing without damaging the liferaft or its contents.
(2) Examining the liferaft and its container for damage and wear including deteriorated structural joints and seams.
(3) Determining the need for repairs.
(4) Performing each repair which can be made by a servicing facility.
(5) Identifying repairs that the manufacturer must perform.
(6) Determining when liferaft equipment must be replaced.
(7) Conducting tests required by § 160.151-57.
(8) Repacking the liferaft.
(9) Changing the maximum height of stowage of the liferaft by changing the length of the painter.
(10) Special equipment limitations or packing instructions, if any, necessary to qualify the liferaft for a particular height of stowage.
(11) Changing the service of the liferaft by changing the contents of the equipment pack.
(12) Proper marking of the liferaft container, including approval number, persons' capacity, maximum height of stowage, service (equipment pack), and expiration date of servicing.
(13) A list of parts for—
(i) Survival equipment;
(ii) Compressed-gas cylinders;
(iii) Inflation valves;
(iv) Relief valves; and
(v) Repair equipment.
(14) The necessary pressures for each size of approved liferaft for conducting the “Necessary Additional Pressure” test required by § 160.151-57(k).
(b) Each revision to a servicing manual, and each bulletin, that authorizes the modification of a liferaft, or that affects the compliance of a liferaft with any requirement under this subpart, must be submitted to and approved by the Commandant. Other revisions and bulletins need not be approved, but a copy of each must be submitted to the Commandant when issued.
(c) Each manual provided under this section must bear the original signature of a representative of the manufacturer attesting that it is a true copy of the manual approved by the Commandant.
(a) The training program for certification of servicing technicians must include—
(1) Training and practice in packing an inflatable liferaft, repairing buoyancy tubes, repairing inflation-system valves, and other inspections and operations described in the approved servicing manual;
(2) An evaluation at the end of the training to determine whether each trainee has successfully completed the training; and
(3) Issuance of a certificate of competence to each technician who successfully completes the training.
(b) The manufacturer shall maintain refresher training for recertification of previously trained servicing technicians. This training must include—
(1) Checking the performance of the technicians in the inspections and operations described in the manual;
(2) Retraining of the technicians in inspections and operations for which they are deficient;
(3) Training and practice in new inspections and operations;
(4) An evaluation at the end of the training to determine whether or not each trainee has successfully completed the training; and
(5) Issuance of a certificate of competence to each technician who successfully completes the training.
(c) Each time the manufacturer holds a course for servicing technicians who will perform servicing on liferafts approved by the Coast Guard, the manufacturer shall notify the cognizant OCMI sufficiently in advance to allow, at the option of the OCMI, for a Coast Guard inspector or inspectors to travel to the site where the training is to occur.
(a) To obtain and maintain Coast Guard approval as an “approved servicing facility” for a particular manufacturer's inflatable liferafts, a facility must meet the requirements, and follow the procedures, of this section.
(b) The owner or operator of a servicing facility desiring Coast Guard approval shall apply to the cognizant OCMI. The application must include—
(1) The name and address of the facility;
(2) The name(s) of its competent servicing technician(s);
(3) Identification of the manufacturer(s) of the liferafts the facility will service; and
(4) Any limits or special conditions that should apply to the approval of the facility.
(c) The owner or operator of the servicing facility shall arrange for an inspection with the OCMI to whom the owner or operator applied under paragraph (b) of this section. A currently trained servicing technician shall successfully demonstrate the complete service to each make and type of liferaft for which approval as a servicing facility is sought, in the presence of a Coast Guard inspector or of a third-party inspector accepted by the OCMI, or such technician shall present evidence of having performed such service at the time of initial or refresher training. The service must include:
(1) Removing the liferaft from the container for testing without damaging the liferaft or its contents;
(2) Examining the liferaft and its container for damage and wear;
(3) Determining the need for repairs;
(4) Determining whether equipment must be replaced;
(5) Conducting the tests required by § 160.151-57;
(6) Repacking the liferaft;
(7) Inflating the fully packed liferaft using its inflation mechanism; and
(8) Repairing a leak in a main buoyancy chamber, and subjecting the repaired chamber to the Necessary Additional Pressure test described in § 160.151-57(k). This repair may be done on a liferaft that actually needs it, on one condemned, or on an inflatable chamber fabricated of liferaft material specifically for this purpose. (An otherwise serviceable liferaft should not be damaged for this purpose.)
(d) Whenever servicing of liferafts takes place, each servicing facility must allow Coast Guard inspectors or third-party inspectors accepted by the OCMI access to the place where the servicing occurs.
(e) Each servicing facility must employ at least one servicing technician who has successfully completed the manufacturer's training described in § 160.151-39 (a) or (b), including training in the servicing of davit-launched liferafts if the facility will service these. The training must have been completed within the preceding—
(1) 12 months for the facility to obtain its approval to service the liferafts of a particular manufacturer; or
(2) 36 months for the facility to retain approval to service the liferafts of a particular manufacturer.
(a) Each facility must maintain a room to service inflatable liferafts that—
(1) Is clean;
(2) Is fully enclosed;
(3) Has enough space to service the number of liferafts likely to be present for service at one time;
(4) Has a ceiling high enough to hold and allow overturning of a fully inflated liferaft of the largest size to be serviced, or is furnished with an equally efficient means to facilitate the inspection of bottom seams;
(5) Has a smooth floor that will not damage a liferaft, can be easily cleaned, and is kept clean and free from oil, grease, and abrasive material;
(6) Is well lit but free from direct sunlight;
(7) Is arranged to maintain an even temperature and low humidity in each area where liferafts are pressure tested, including by mechanical air-conditioning equipment in climates where it is necessary;
(8) Is arranged so that stored liferafts are not subjected to excessive loads and, if stacked one directly on top of another, does not have them stacked more than two liferafts high;
(9) Is efficiently ventilated but free of drafts; and
(10) Is a designated no-smoking area.
(b) In addition to the room required by paragraph (a) of this section, each facility must maintain areas or rooms for storage of liferafts awaiting servicing, repair, or delivery; for repair and painting of reinforced plastic containers; for storage of pyrotechnics and other materials, such as spare parts and required equipment; and for administrative purposes.
Each servicing facility approved by the Coast Guard must maintain equipment to carry out the operations described in the manufacturer's servicing manual approved in accordance with § 160.151-35(b)(1), including—
(a) A set of plans, as specified in § 160.151-35(b)(3), for each inflatable liferaft to be serviced;
(b) A current copy of this subpart;
(c) A current copy of the manual approved in accordance with § 160.151-35(b)(1), including all revisions and bulletins in effect as indicated on the annual list issued in accordance with § 160.151-35(b)(2);
(d) Hot presses (if applicable);
(e) Safety-type glue pots or equivalents;
(f) Abrasive devices;
(g) A source of clean, dry, pressurized air; hoses; and attachments for inflating liferafts;
(h) A source of vacuum; hoses; and attachments for deflating liferafts;
(i) Mercury manometer, water manometer, or other pressure-measurement device or pressure gauge of equivalent accuracy and sensitivity;
(j) Thermometer;
(k) Barometer, aneroid or mercury;
(l) Calibrated torque-wrench for assembling the inflation system;
(m) Accurate weighing scale;
(n) Repair materials and equipment, and spare parts as specified in the applicable manual, except that items of limited “shelf life” need not be stocked if they are readily available;
(o) A complete stock of the survival equipment required to be stowed in the liferafts, except for items of equipment that are readily available;
(p) A means for load-testing davit-launched liferafts, unless the facility services only non-davit-launched liferafts;
(q) A supply of parts for all inflation components and valves specified in the applicable manual; and
(r) A tool board that clearly indicates where each small tool is stored, or has an equivalent means to make sure that no tools are left in the liferaft when repacked.
To maintain Coast Guard approval, the owner or operator of each servicing facility approved by the Coast Guard must—
(a) Ensure that servicing technicians have received sufficient information and training to follow instructions for changes and for new techniques related to the inflatable liferafts serviced by the facility, and have available at least one copy of each manufacturer's approved servicing manual, revision, and bulletin;
(b) Calibrate each pressure gauge, mechanically-operated barometer, and weighing scale at intervals of not more than 1 year, or in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's requirements;
(c) Ensure that each liferaft serviced under the facility's Coast Guard approval is serviced by or under the direct supervision of a servicing technician who has completed the requirements of either § 160.151-39 (a) or (b);
(d) Ensure that each liferaft serviced under the facility's Coast Guard approval is serviced in accordance with the approved manual;
(e) Specify which makes of liferafts the facility is approved to service when representing that the facility is approved by the Coast Guard; and
(f) Ensure that the facility does not service any make of liferaft for an inspected vessel of the U.S. or any other U.S.-flag vessel required to carry approved liferafts, unless the facility is approved by the Coast Guard to service that make of liferafts.
A servicing facility may be approved for servicing liferafts at a remote site, provided that appropriate arrangements have been made to ensure that each such site meets the requirements of §§ 160.151-41(e), 160.151-43, and 160.151-45. The facility must have a portable assortment of test equipment, spare parts, and replacement survival equipment to accompany the technician doing the servicing. However, if repair of liferafts will not be attempted at a remote site, equipment needed for repair does not need to be available at that site. A facility must be specifically authorized in its letter of approval to conduct servicing at a remote site.
If the cognizant OCMI determines that the servicing facility meets the applicable requirements of §§ 160.151-39 through 160.151-47, the OCMI notifies the facility that it is approved and notifies the Commandant. The Commandant issues an approval letter to the servicing facility with copies to the OCMI and to the manufacturer(s) whose liferafts the facility is approved to service. The letter will specify any limits on the approval, and will assign the facility's approval code for use on the inspection sticker required by § 160.151-57(m)(3). The Commandant will maintain a current list of approved facilities.
(a) Before servicing an inflatable liferaft under the servicing facility's Coast Guard approval, the owner or operator of the facility must tell the cognizant OCMI for each liferaft to be serviced—
(1) The make and size of the liferaft;
(2) The age of the liferaft; and
(3) Whether the liferaft is due for a five-year inflation test.
(b) The OCMI will inform the servicing facility whether the servicing of
(c) If the OCMI requires the servicing of the liferaft to be witnessed by an inspector—
(1) The servicing facility must arrange a schedule with the OCMI that will allow a Coast Guard inspector to travel to the site where the servicing is to occur;
(2) The owner or operator of the servicing facility, by permission of the OCMI, may arrange for the servicing to be witnessed instead by a third-party inspector accepted by the OCMI if a Coast Guard marine inspector is not available in a timely manner; and
(3) The servicing facility must not begin servicing the liferaft until the inspector arrives at the site.
(d) No deviation from servicing-manual procedures may occur without the prior approval of the OCMI. To request the approval of a deviation, the owner or operator of the servicing facility shall notify the OCMI of the proposed deviation from the procedures, and must explain to the OCMI the need for the deviation.
(a) The OCMI may withdraw the approval of the servicing facility, or may suspend its approval pending correction of deficiencies, if the Coast Guard inspector or accepted third-party inspector finds that—
(1) The facility does not meet the requirements of §§ 160.151-41 through 160.151-47, or
(2) The servicing is not performed in accordance with § 160.151-57.
(b) A withdrawal of approval may be appealed in accordance with part 1, subpart 1.03, of this chapter.
(c) The OCMI may remove a suspension pending correction of deficiencies if the servicing facility demonstrates that the deficiencies have been corrected.
(a) Each inflatable liferaft serviced by a servicing facility approved by the Coast Guard must be inspected and tested in accordance with paragraphs (b) through (r) of this section, and the manufacturer's servicing manual approved in accordance with § 160.151-35(b)(1).
(b) The following procedures must be carried out at each servicing:
(1) The working-pressure leakage test described in IMO Resolution A.689(17), paragraph 2/5.1.5, must be conducted.
(2) Inflation hoses must be pressurized and checked for damage and leakage as part of the working-pressure leakage test, or in a separate test.
(3) An inflatable floor must be inflated until it is firm, and let stand for one hour. The inflatable floor must still be firm at the end of the hour.
(4) The seams connecting the floor to the buoyancy tube must be checked for slippage, rupture, and lifting of edges.
(5) Each item of survival equipment must be examined, and—
(i) Replaced if its expiration date has passed; and
(ii) Otherwise, repaired or replaced if it is damaged or unserviceable.
(6) Each battery must be replaced with a fresh one if—
(i) Its expiration date has passed;
(ii) It has no expiration date; or
(iii) It is to return to service in an item of survival equipment, but its measured voltage is less than its rated voltage.
(7) Each power cell for the top and inside canopy lights must be inspected and tested as prescribed in the servicing manual unless it is a battery serviced in accordance with paragraph (b)(6) of this section. Each cell that is tested and found satisfactory may be reinstalled. Each cell that is outdated, is not tested, or fails the test must be replaced.
(8) If the liferaft is equipped with an Emergency Position-Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB) or a Search and Rescue Transponder (SART), the EPIRB or SART must be inspected and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. An EPIRB must be tested using the integrated test circuit and output indicator to determine whether it is operative. Each EPIRB or SART not operative must be repaired or replaced.
(9) The manual inflation-pump must be tested for proper operation.
(10) Each damaged, faded, or incorrect instruction label or identification
(11) Each liferaft must be examined to ensure that it is properly marked with retroreflective material. The arrangement of the retroreflective material must meet the requirements of IMO Resolution A.658(16). Damaged or missing retroreflective material must be replaced with Type I material approved under part 164, subpart 164.018, of this subchapter as complying with SOLAS.
(12) Each inflation cylinder must be weighed. If its weight loss exceeds five percent of the weight of the charge, it must be recharged.
(c) When an inflation cylinder is recharged for any reason, the following inflation-head components must be renewed:
(1) The poppet-pin assembly, if any.
(2) Each plastic or elastomeric seal, and each other part that deteriorates with age.
(d) Each recharged inflation cylinder must stand for at least two weeks and be checked for leakage by weighing before being installed in a liferaft. An alternative mechanical or chemical test for fast detection of leakage may be used if the servicing manual approved by the Commandant in accordance with § 160.151-35(b)(1) provides for it.
(e) Each inflation cylinder that requires a hydrostatic test under 49 CFR 173.34 must be tested and marked in accordance with that section.
(f) At every second servicing of a davit-launched liferaft, the launching-load test in paragraph 2/5.2 of IMO Resolution A.689(17) must be conducted.
(g) At every fifth annual servicing, before the conduct of the tests and inspections required in paragraphs (b) through of this section, each liferaft must be removed from its container and, while still folded, inflated by the operation of its gas-inflation system.
(h) Each liferaft showing minor leaks during the gas inflation test conducted in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section, may be repaired.
(i) Each liferaft ten or more years past its date of manufacture must be condemned if it leaks extensively, or shows fabric damage other than minor porosity, during the gas inflation test conducted in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
(j) After the gas inflation test conducted in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section, the liferaft may be evacuated and refilled with air for the tests in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
(k) At each annual servicing of a liferaft ten or more years past its date of manufacture during which the gas-inflation test in paragraph (g) of this section is not conducted, a “Necessary Additional Pressure” (NAP) test must be conducted. Before the tests and inspections required in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section are conducted, the NAP test must be completed, using the following procedure:
(1) Plug or otherwise disable the pressure-relief valves.
(2) Gradually raise the pressure to the lesser of 2 times the design working pressure, or that specified in the manufacturer's servicing manual as sufficient to impose a tensile load on the tube fabric of 20 percent of its minimum required tensile strength.
(3) After 5 minutes, there should be no seam slippage, cracking, other defects, or pressure drop greater than 5 percent. If cracking in the buoyancy tubes is audible, accompanied by pressure loss, condemn the liferaft. If it is not, reduce the pressure in all buoyancy chambers simultaneously by enabling the pressure-relief valves.
(l) At each annual servicing of a liferaft 10 or more years past its date of manufacture, the integrity of the seams connecting the floor to the buoyancy tube must be checked by the following procedure, or an equivalent procedure specified in the manufacturer's approved servicing manual:
(1) With the buoyancy tube supported a sufficient distance above the floor of the servicing facility to maintain clearance during the test, a person weighing not less than 75 kg (165 lb) shall walk or crawl around the entire perimeter of the floor of the liferaft.
(2) The seams connecting the floor to the buoyancy tube must then be inspected for slippage, rupture, and lifting of edges.
(m) The servicing facility must complete the following for each liferaft that passes these inspections and tests:
(1) Permanently mark the liferaft on its outside canopy, or on a servicing-record panel on an interior portion of one of its buoyancy tubes near an entrance, with—
(i) The date of the servicing;
(ii) The identification and location of the servicing facility; and
(iii) If applicable, an indication that the special fifth-year servicing was performed.
(2) Permanently and legibly mark on the identification device provided in accordance with § 160.151-17(c), or on the outside canopy of the liferaft, the name, if known, of the vessel on which the raft will be installed or the name, if known, of the vessel owner.
(3) Affix an inspection sticker to the liferaft container or valise. The sticker must be of a type that will remain legible for at least 2 years when exposed to a marine environment, and that cannot be removed without being destroyed. The sticker must be about 100 mm×150 mm (4 by 6 inches), with the last digit of the year of expiration superimposed over a background color that corresponds to the colors specified for the validation stickers for recreational-boat numbers in 33 CFR 174.15(c), and be marked with the Coast Guard identifying insignia in accordance with the requirements of 33 CFR 23.12. The sticker must also contain the following:
(i) The name of the manufacturer of the liferaft.
(ii) The year and month of expiration determined in accordance with paragraph (n) of this section.
(iii) Identification of the servicing facility, printed on the sticker or indicated on the sticker by punch using an approval code issued by the Commandant.
(n) The expiration date of the servicing sticker is 12 months after the date the liferaft was repacked, except that:
(1) For a new liferaft, the expiration date may be not more than two years after the date the liferaft was first packed, if—
(i) Dated survival equipment in the liferaft will not expire before the sticker expiration date; and
(ii) The liferaft will not be installed on a vessel certificated under SOLAS.
(2) For a liferaft stored indoors, under controlled temperatures (between 0 °C (32 °F) and 45 °C (113 °F)), for not more than 6 months from the date it was serviced or first packed, the expiration date may be extended up to the length of time the liferaft remained in storage.
(3) For a liferaft stored indoors, under controlled temperatures (between 0 °C (32 °F) and 45 °C (113 °F)), for not more than 12 months from the date it was serviced or first packed, the expiration date may be extended up to the length of time the liferaft remained in storage, if the liferaft is opened, inspected, and repacked in a servicing facility approved in accordance with §§ 160.151-49 and 160.151-51. When the liferaft is opened—
(i) The condition of the liferaft must be visually checked and found to be satisfactory;
(ii) The inflation cylinders must be checked and weighed in accordance with paragraph (b)(12) of this section;
(iii) All survival equipment whose expiration date has passed must be replaced; and
(iv) All undated batteries must be replaced.
(o) The servicing facility must remove and destroy the markings of Coast Guard approval on each liferaft condemned in the course of any servicing test or inspection.
(p) The servicing facility must issue a certificate to the liferaft owner or owner's agent for each liferaft it services. The certificate must include—
(1) The name of the manufacturer of the liferaft;
(2) The serial number of the liferaft;
(3) The date of servicing and repacking;
(4) A record of the fifth-year gas-inflation test required in paragraph (g) of this section, whenever that test is performed;
(5) A record of the hydrostatic test of each inflation cylinder required in paragraph (e) of this section, whenever that test is performed;
(6) A record of any deviation from the procedures of the manufacturer's servicing manual authorized by the OCMI in accordance with § 160.151-53(d);
(7) The identification of the servicing facility, including its name, address,
(8) The name, if known, of the vessel or vessel owner receiving the liferaft; and
(9) The date the liferaft is returned to the owner or owner's agent.
(q) The servicing facility must keep a record of each liferaft approved by the Coast Guard that it services for at least five years, and must make those records available to the Coast Guard upon request. Those records must include—
(1) The serial number of the liferaft;
(2) The date of servicing and repacking;
(3) The identification of any Coast Guard or third-party inspector present;
(4) The name, if known, of the vessel or vessel owner receiving the liferaft; and
(5) The date the liferaft is returned to the owner or owner's agent.
(r) The servicing facility must prepare and transmit to the OCMI, at least annually, statistics showing the nature and extent of damage to and defects found in liferafts during servicing and repair. The facility must notify the OCMI immediately of any critical defects it finds that may affect other liferafts.
(a) The liferaft manufacturer shall make operating instructions and information for the ship's training manual available in English to purchasers of inflatable liferafts approved by the Coast Guard, to enable vessel operators to meet regulations III/18.2, 19.3, 51, and 52 of SOLAS.
(b) The instructions and information required by paragraph (a) of this section may be combined with similar material for hydrostatic releases or launching equipment, and must explain—
(1) Release of the inflatable liferaft from its stowage position;
(2) Launching of the liferaft;
(3) Survival procedures, including instructions for use of survival equipment aboard; and
(4) Shipboard installations of the liferaft.
(c) The operating instructions required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must also be made available in the form of an instruction placard. The placard must be not greater than 36 cm (14 in.) by 51 cm (20 in.), made of durable material and suitable for display near installations of liferafts on vessels, providing simple procedures and illustrations for launching, inflating, and boarding the liferaft.
(a) The liferaft manufacturer shall make maintenance instructions available in English to purchasers of inflatable liferafts approved by the Coast Guard, to enable vessel operators to meet regulations III/19.3 and III/52 of SOLAS.
(b) The maintenance instructions required by paragraph (a) of this section must include—
(1) A checklist for use in monthly, external, visual inspections of the packed liferaft;
(2) An explanation of the requirements for periodic servicing of the liferaft by an approved servicing facility; and
(3) A log for maintaining records of inspections and maintenance.
This subpart contains construction and performance requirements, and approval tests for adult and child insulated, buoyant immersion suits that are designed to prevent shock upon entering cold water and lessen the effect of hypothermia (extreme body heat loss due to immersion in cold water). Immersion suits approved under this subpart will meet the requirements of Regulation 33 of Chapter III of the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, under the Second Set of Amendments adopted 17 June 1983.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, “Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference,” which appears in the Finding Aids section of this volume. In that table is found citations to the particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change must be published in the
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart are:
The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Class 300 Lockstitch.
(2) Class 700 Single Thread Lockstitch.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
(2) Galvanically compatable with each other metal part in contact with it.
(h)
(i) Buoyant materials and compartments. Buoyant materials used in a suit must not be loose or granular. The suit must not have an inflated or inflatable chamber, except as prescribed in § 160.171-11(a)(2).
(j)
(k)
(l)
(1) Natural or synthetic rubber that is ribbed or bossed for skid resistance; and
(2) Designed to prevent the wearer from slipping when the suit is tested as prescribed in § 160.171-17(c)(5).
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(a)
(1) The adjusted buoyancy of each adult and each oversize adult size suit must be at least 100 N (22 lb.). The adjusted buoyancy of each child size suit must be at least 50 N (11 lb.) The measured buoyancy must not be reduced by more than 5% after 24 hours submersion in fresh water.
(2) Each suit must have a stable floating position in which the wearer's head must be tilted to a position between 30° and 80° above the horizontal, with the mouth and nose at least 120 mm (4
(3) If an auxiliary means of buoyancy is necessary to meet paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the suit must have a stable floating position without the auxiliary means of buoyancy in which the mouth and nose of the wearer are at least 50 mm (2 in.) above the surface of the water.
(4) The buoyancy of any auxiliary means of buoyancy must not be counted when determining the buoyancy of the suit.
(b)
(c)
(1) The thermal conductivity of the suit material when submerged 1 m (39 in.) in water must be less than or equal to that of a control sample of 4.75 mm (
(2) The suit must provide the wearer with sufficient thermal insulation, following one jump into the water from a height of 4.5 m, to ensure that the wearer's body core temperature does not fall more than 2 °C (3.6 °F) after a period of 6 hours immersion in calm circulating water at a temperature of between 0 °C (32 °F) and 2 °C (35.6 °F).
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(a) Each suit must have a storage case made of vinyl coated cloth or material that provides an equivalent measure of protection to the suit.
(b) Each storage case must be designed so that it is still useable after two seconds contact with a gasoline fire.
(a) Each suit must have instructions for its donning and use in an emergency. The instructions must be in English and must not exceed 50 words. Illustrations must be used in addition to the words. These instructions must be on the exterior of the storage case or printed on a waterproof card attached to the storage case or to the suit.
(b) If the suit has an inflatable auxiliary means of buoyancy, separate instructions covering the use of the inflation valve must be provided on the suit near the valve or on a waterproof card attached near the valve.
(c) Instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency must also be available in a format suitable for mounting on a bulkhead of a vessel. This placard must be in English, must include illustrations, and must include a warning as to the risk of entrapment in a submerged compartment due to the buoyancy of the suit.
(d) Instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency, instructions for care and repair of the suit, and any additional necessary information concerning stowage and use of the suit on a vessel must be available in 8
Caution: During each of the in-water tests prescribed in this section, a person ready to render assistance when needed should be near each subject in the water.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
(ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
(iii) Trousers (not woolen);
(iv) Woolen or equivalent synthetic socks;
(v) Rubber soled work shoes.
(2)
(3)
(i) While wearing a suit, each subject sits upright and faces straight ahead. An observer is positioned to one side of the subject at an angle of 60° away from the subject's straight-ahead line of sight. The observer must be able to see the subject's closest eye at this position. The observer then walks past the front of the subject to a position on the subject's other side that is at an angle of 60° away from the subject's straight-ahead line of sight. The suit must not obstruct the observer's view of the subject's eyes at any point between the two positions.
(ii) While wearing the suit, each subject stands upright and faces straight ahead. An observer is positioned to one side of the subject at an angle of 90° away from the subject's straight-ahead line of sight. The subject then turns his or her head through an arc of 30° toward the position of the observer. This procedure is repeated with the observer positioned on the other side of the subject at an angle of 90° away from the subject's straight ahead line of sight. The suit must not obstruct the observer's view of the subject's eyes when the subject's head is turned 30° toward the observer.
(iii) While wearing the suit, each subject stands upright and faces straight ahead. Through a combination of head and eye movement, the subject looks first at a spot directly overhead, then looks at a spot on or between the feet. An observer must verify that the subject can make the necessary head and eye movements while wearing the suit.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(i) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy attached but not inflated;
(ii) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy which must be inflated by the wearer inflated according to the instructions; or
(iii) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy which inflates automatically inflated by its automatic mechanism.
(10)
(11)
(d)
(1)
The following publication, among others, contains guidance for use of the Heath-Carter anthropometric method: “Body Type and Performance,” Hebbelinck and Ross; FITNESS, HEALTH AND WORK CAPACITY, INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS FOR ASSESSMENT; Larson, L. A. (Ed.); International Committee for the Standardization of Physical Fitness Tests; Macmillan; New York; 1974 (pp. 266-283).
(i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
(ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
(ii) Trousers (not woolen);
(iv) Woolen or equivalent synthetic socks;
(v) Work shoes, if the suit is designed for shoes to be worn inside.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i) The physician determines that the subject should not continue.
(ii) The subject requests termination due to discomfort or illness.
(iii) The subject's rectal temperature drops more than 2 °C (3.6 °F) below the initial rectal temperature, unless the physician determines that the subject may continue.
(iv) The subject's lumbar, finger, or toe temperature drops below 10 °C (50 °F), unless the physician determines that the subject may continue.
(6)
(i) The total rectal temperature drop during the test period and the average lumbar, finger and toe temperature at the end of the test must be determined for each subject in the test, except subjects who did not complete testing for a reason stated in paragraph (d)(5)(i) or (d)(5)(ii) of this section. These temperatures and temperature drops must then be averaged. The average drop in rectal temperature must not be more than 2 °C (3.6 °F), and the average lumbar, toe and finger temperature must not be less than 5 °C (41 °F). Data from at least four subjects must be used in
(ii) Rates of toe, finger, lumbar, and rectal temperature drop for each subject who did not complete testing for a reason stated in paragraph (d)(5)(iii) or (d)(5)(iv) of this section must be determined using the highest temperature measured and the temperature measured immediately before testing was terminated. These rates must be used to extrapolate to 6 hours the estimated rectal, finger, lumbar, and toe temperature at the end of that time. These estimated temperatures must be the temperatures used in computing the average temperatures described in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section.
(e)
(1)
(i) A sealed copper or aluminum can that has at least two parallel flat surfaces and that contains at least two liters (two quarts) or water and no air. One possible configuration of the can shown in figure 160.171-17(e)(1)(i).
(ii) A thermistor or thermocouple that has an accuracy of ±0.1 °C (±0.18 °F) and that is arranged to measure the temperature of the water in the can.
(iii) A control sample of two flat pieces of 4.75 mm (3/16 in.) thick, closed cell neoprene foam of sufficient size to enclose the can between them. The control sample must have a thermal conductivity of not more than 0.055 watt/meter−° K (0.38 Btu−in./hr.−sq.ft.− °F). The thermal conductivity of the control sample must be determined in accordance with the procedures in ASTM C 177 or ASTM C 518 (incorporated by reference, see § 160.171-3).
(iv) Two flat pieces of suit material of sufficient size to enclose the can between them. The surface covering, surface treatment, and number of layers of the material tested must be the same as those of material used in the suit. If the material used in the suit varies in thickness or number of layers, the material tested must be representative of the portion of the suit having the least thickness or number of layers.
(v) A clamping arrangement to form a watertight seal around the edges of the material when the can is enclosed inside. A sealing compound may be used. Figure 160.171-17(e)(1)(v) shows one possible arrangement of the clamping arrangement.
(vi) A container of water deep enough to hold the entire assembly of the can, material, and clamp at least 1 meter (39 in.) below the surface of the water.
(vii) A means to control the temperature of the water in the container between 0 °C (32 °F) and 1 °C (33.8 °F).
(viii) A thermistor or thermocouple that has an accuracy of ±0.1 °C (0.18 °F) and that is arranged to measure the temperature of the water in the container at the depth at which the can, material, and clamp are held.
(2)
(f)
(1) 8 hours conditioning at 65 °C to be completed in one day;
(2) The specimens removed from the warm chamber that same day and left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day;
(3) 8 hours conditioning at −30 °C to be completed the next day; and
(4) The specimens removed from the cold chamber that same day and left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day. At the conclusion of the final cycle of cold storage, two test subjects who successfully completed the donning test in paragraph (c)(2) of this section enter the cold chamber, unpack and don the immersion suits. Alternatively, the suits may be upacked in the chamber, then removed and immediately donned. Neither of the suits must show damage such as shrinking, cracking, swelling, dissolution or change of mechanical qualities.
(g)
(1)
(i) A mesh basket that is large enough to hold a folded suit, and that is weighted sufficiently to overcome the buoyancy of the suit when placed in the basket.
(ii) A tank of water that is large enough to contain the basket submerged with its top edge 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface of the water.
(iii) A scale or load cell that has an accuracy of 0.15 Newtons (1/2 oz.) and that is arranged to support and weigh the basket in the tank.
(2)
(h)
(i)
(1)
(i) A metal pan that is at least 300 mm (12 in.) wide, 450 mm (18 in.) long, and 60 mm (2
(ii) An arrangement to hold the suit over the gasoline.
(2)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(1)
(i) Two rigid cylinders each 125 mm (5 in.) in diameter, with an eye or ring at each end;
(ii) A weight of 135 kg (300 lb.); and
(iii) Ropes or cables of sufficient length to allow the suit to be suspended as shown in Figure 160.171-17(1)(1).
(2)
(m)
(1)
(i) A chamber in which air temperature can be kept at 23 °C (73.4 °F) ±2 °C (1.8 °F) and in which relative humidity can be kept at 50% ±5%.
(ii) A device to apply tension to the seam by the means of a pair of top jaws and a pair of bottom jaws. Each set of jaws must grip the material on both sides so that it does not slip when the load is applied.
(2)
(3)
(n)
(o)
(p)
A child size suit must pass the following tests:
(a) The stability test prescribed in § 160.171-17(c)(8), except that only six children need be used as test subjects and they can be of either sex. The subjects must be within the ranges of weight and height prescribed in § 160.171-9(m). The heaviest subject must weigh at least 10 kg (22 lb.) more than the lightest subject. During this test the face seal, neck and chin fit are evaluated and must be comparable to the fit of the corresponding adult size suit on an adult.
(b) The buoyancy test prescribed in § 160.171-17(g).
(c) The body strength test prescribed in § 160.171-17(k) except that the cylinders must be 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter and the test weight must be 55 kg (120 lb.).
(a) Each immersion suit must be marked with the words “IMMERSION SUIT—COMPLIES WITH SOLAS 74/83,” the name of the manufacturer, the date of manufacturer, the model, the size, and the Coast Guard approval number.
(b) Each storage case must be marked with the words “immersion suit” and the size.
(c) The markings for the child size immersion suits required under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must also include the following statements in print smaller than the word “child”: “(Small Adult Under 50 kg. (110 lb.))”, and “Children Require Adult Assistance for Donning and Use.”
(d) If an auxiliary means of buoyancy is removable and is needed to meet § 160.171-11(a)(2), the marking on the suit must indicate that the suit is not Coast Guard approved unless the auxiliary means of buoyancy is attached.
(a) Immersion suit production testing is conducted under the procedures in this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(b) One out of every 100 immersion suits produced must be tested as prescribed in § 160.171-17(g) and must be given a complete visual examination. The suit must be selected at random from a production lot of 100 suits and tested by or under the supervision of the independent laboratory. A suit fails this test if—
(1) The measured buoyancy of the suit differs by more than 10% from the
(2) The adjusted buoyancy of the suit calculated using the buoyancy loss factor determined during approval testing is less than that required in § 160.171-11(a)(1), or
(3) The visual examination shows that the suit does not conform to the approved design.
(c) If the suit fails to pass the test as prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, 10 additional suits from the same lot must be selected at random and subjected to the test. If a defect in the suit is detected upon visual examination, 10 additional suits from the same lot must be selected at random and examined for the defect.
(d) If one or more of the 10 suits fails to pass the test or examination, each suit in the lot must be tested or examined for the defect for which the lot was rejected. Only suits that pass the test or that are free of defects may be sold as Coast Guard approved.
(e) The manufacturer must ensure that the quality control procedure described in the test plans previously submitted for approval under § 159.005-9(a)(5)(iii) is followed.
This subpart contains construction and performance requirements, and approval tests for thermal protective aids that are designed to minimize the occurrence of or aid in the recovery from hypothermia (lowered body temperature) during long periods in a survival craft.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, “Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference,” which appears in the Finding Aids section of this volume. In that table is found citations to the particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated and the date of the approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of the section, notice of
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart are:
(a) The approval and production tests and inspections in this subpart must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(1) Class 300 lockstitch.
(2) Class 700 single thread lock stitch.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion characteristics equal to or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
(2) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact with it.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(a)
(1) The thermal conductivity of the material from which the thermal protective aid is constructed must be not more than 0.25 W/(m−°K).
(2) The thermal protective aid must prevent evaporative heat loss.
(3) The aid must function properly at an air temperature of −30 °C (−22 °F) to +20 °C (68 °F).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Each thermal protective aid must be provided with a ziplock bag or equivalent storage case.
(a) Each thermal protective aid must have instructions for its donning and use in an emergency. The instructions must be in English and must not exceed 50 words. Illustrations must be used in addition to the words. The instructions must include advice as to whether to swim in the aid or discard it if the wearer is thrown into the water.
(b) The instructions required by paragraph (a) of this section must be on the exterior of the storage case, printed on a waterproof card attached to the storage case, or printed on the thermal protective aid and visible through a transparent storage case. The instructions must also be available in 8
(a)
(b)
(1)
(i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
(ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
(iii) Trousers (not woolen);
(iv) Woolen socks;
(v) Rubber soled shoes; and
(vi) A life preserver.
(2)
(3)
(i) Unless the manufacturer specifies in the instructions that the thermal protective aid does impair ability to swim and should always be discarded in the water, each subject, wearing a life preserver, enters the water and swims 25 meters. The subject, after sufficient rest to avoid fatigue, repeats this test wearing a thermal protective aid in addition to the life preserver. At least nine out of ten subjects must be able to swim this distance wearing the thermal protective aid in not more than 125% of the time taken to swim the distance wearing only a life preserver, or the aid will be determined to impair the ability to swim.
(ii) If the thermal protective aid is determined by the above test or specified by the manufacturer to impair the ability to swim, each subject, after entering the water from a height of one meter (three feet), attempts to remove the aid and discard it. At least nine out of ten subjects must be able to discard the device within two minutes.
(c) [Reserved]
(d)
(1) 8 hours conditioning at 65 °C to be completed in one day;
(2) The specimens removed from the warm chamber that same day and left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day;
(3) 8 hours conditioning at −30 °C to be completed the next day; and
(4) The specimens removed from the cold chamber that same day and left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day. At the conclusion of step (3) of the final cycle of cold storage, two test subjects who successfully completed the donning test previously enter the cold chamber, unpack and don the thermal protective aids. The aids must not show any damage, such as shrinking, cracking, swelling, dissolution or change of mechanical qualities.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
(i) A chamber in which air temperature can be kept at 25 °C (73.4 °F) ±2 °C (1.8 °F) and in which relative humidity can be kept at 50% ±5%.
(ii) A device to apply tension to the seam by means of a pair of top jaws and a pair of bottom jaws. Each set of jaws must grip the material on both sides so that it does not slip when the load is applied. Each front jaw must be 25 mm (1 inch) wide by 25 mm (1 inch) long. The distance between the jaws before the load is applied must be 75mm (3 inches).
(2)
(3)
(i)
(a) Each thermal protective aid must be marked with the words “Thermal Protective Aid,” the name of the manufacturer, the model, the date of manufacture or a lot number from which the date of manufacture may be determined, and the Coast Guard approval number.
(b) Each storage case must be marked with the words “Thermal Protective Aid” or the thermal protective aid must have a similar marking which is visible through a transparent storage case.
(a) Thermal protective aid production testing is conducted under the procedures in this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
(b) One out of every 100 thermal protective aids produced must be given a complete visual examination. The sample must be selected at random from a production lot of 100 thermal protective aids and examined by or under the supervision of the independent laboratory. The sample fails if the visual examination shows that the aid does not conform to the approved design.
(c) If a defect in the thermal protective aid is detected upon visual examination, 10 additional samples from the same lot must be selected at random and examined for the defect.
(d) If one or more of the 10 samples fails the examination, each thermal protective aid in the lot must be examined for the defect for which the lot was rejected. Only thermal protective aids that are free of defects may be sold as Coast Guard approved.
(a) This subpart contains structural and performance standards and procedures for approval of inflatable lifejackets, as well as requirements for associated manuals, servicing programs, and shore-side service facilities.
(b) Other regulations in this chapter provide that inflatable lifejackets must be:
(1) Serviced annually at designated servicing facilities; and
(2) Maintained in accordance with their user manuals.
(c) Inflatable lifejackets approved under this subpart—
(1) Rely entirely upon inflation for buoyancy;
(2) Meet the requirements for lifejackets in the 1983 Amendments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 74/83);
(3) Have performance equivalent to Type I Personal Flotation Devices (PFD's) with any one chamber deflated; and
(4) Are designed to be worn by adults.
(a) Inflatable lifejackets approved under this subpart may be used to meet carriage requirements for Type I PFD's only on:
(1) Uninspected submersible vessels; and
(2) Inspected vessels for which a servicing program has been approved by the Commandant.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Damage such as deformation in hardware or a rip, tear, or loose stitches;
(2) Decline in any performance characteristic; or
(3) Any other change making the lifejacket unfit for use.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must be published in the
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart, and the sections affected are:
(a)
(1) Preapproval review under §§ 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 may be omitted if a similar design has already been approved.
(2) The information required under § 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through (iii) of this chapter must be included in the application.
(3) The application must also include the following:
(i) The Type of performance (i.e. Type I or Type V) that the lifejacket is designed to provide.
(ii) Any special purpose(s) for which the lifejacket is designed and the vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is planned.
(iii) Buoyancy and torque values along with tolerances to be allowed in production. The Coast Guard normally will approve tolerances of up to ±10% unless prototypes are tested at greater extremes or greater tolerances are otherwise justified.
(iv) The text of any optional marking to be provided in addition to required text.
(v) The service manual and written guidelines required by §§ 160.176-19(c) and 160.176-19(d) of the part and the user's manual required by § 160.176-21 of this part.
(vi) A list of proposed servicing facilities.
(4) The description of quality control procedures required by § 159.005-9 of this chapter to be submitted with the test report may be omitted as long as the manufacturer's planned quality control procedures comply with § 160.176-15 of this part.
(5) The test report must include, in addition to information required by § 159.005-9 of this chapter, a report of inspection of each proposed servicing facility. The report must include the time, date, place, and name of the person doing the inspection and observations that show whether the facility meets §§ 160.176-19(b)(2), 160-176-19(b)(4), and 160.176-19(d) of this part.
(6) The certificate of approval, when issued, is accompanied by a letter to the manufacturer listing the servicing facilities that have been approved. Copies of the letter are also provided for each facility.
(7) An approval will be suspended or terminated under § 159.005-15 of this chapter if the manufacturer fails to maintain approved servicing facilities that meet § 160.176-19 of this part.
(b)
(c)
(2) Other servicing facilities may subsequently be considered for approval, upon submission of a letter of application to Commandant containing each of the applicable items required of manufacturers and laboratories under § 159.005-5 of this chapter and the following:
(i) A copy of guidelines meeting § 160.176-19(d) of this part, if different from those originally approved with the lifejacket;
(ii) A list of the sources the servicing facility proposes to use for parts and manuals for the servicing of the make and model of lifejacket applied for; and
(iii) A report of inspection prepared by an independent laboratory which includes the time, date, and place of the inspection, the name of the inspector, and observations that show whether the facility meets §§ 160.176-19(b)(2) through 160.176-19(b)(4) and 160.176-19(d) of this part.
(3) To conduct servicing at a remote or mobile site, the servicing facility must be authorized in its letter of approval to conduct this type of servicing. Approval for servicing at these sites is obtained according to paragraph (c)(2) of this section except that portable or mobile equipment must be available when evaluating the compliance with § 160.176-19(b)(3) of this part.
(4) Each change to equipment, procedure, or qualification and training of personnel of an approved servicing facility must be also approved.
(d)
(1) Acceptable test results on a lifejacket of sufficiently similar design.
(2) Engineering analysis showing that the test is not applicable to the particular design or that by design or construction the lifejacket can not fail the test.
(e)
(1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place of or in addition to requirements in this subpart; and
(2) Provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other lifejackets that do comply with this subpart.
(a) Each change in design, material, or construction must be approved by the Commandant before being used in lifejacket production.
(b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and materials may only be made by the Commandant.
A list of independent laboratories which have been accepted by the Commandant for conducting or supervising the following tests and inspections required by this subpart, may be obtained from the Commandant:
(a) Approval tests.
(b) Production tests and inspections.
(c) Inspection of approved servicing facilities.
(d) Testing of materials for the purpose of making the certification required by § 160.176-8(a)(3) of this part.
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(i) Be galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact with it; and
(ii) Unless it is expendable (such as an inflation medium cartridge), be 410 stainless steel, have salt water and salt air corrosion characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel, or perform its intended function and have no visible pitting or other damage on any surface after 720 hours of salt spray testing according to ASTM B 117 (incorporated by reference, see § 160.176-4).
(7)
(b)
(i) Be of a type accepted for use on Type I life preservers approved under subpart 160.002 of this part; or
(ii) Meet the Type V requirements for “Fabrics for Wearable Devices” in UL 1191 except that breaking strength must be at least 400 N (90 lb.) in both directions of greater and lesser thread count.
(2)
(c)
(ii) The average grab breaking strength and tear strength of the material, determined according to the procedures specified in §§ 160.176-13(y)(1) and 160.176-13(y)(2) of this part, must be at least 90% of the grab breaking strength and tear strength determined from testing prescribed in §§ 160.176-13(y)(1) and 160.176-13(y)(2) of this part. No individual sample result for breaking strength or tear strength may be more than 20% below the results obtained in approval testing.
(2)
(i) “Bladder” materials in section 3.2.6 of MIL-L-24611(SH) if the material is an unsupported film; or
(ii) Coated fabric in section 3.1.1 of TSO-C13d if the material is a coated fabric.
(3)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(2)
(3)
(i) Easily initiated;
(ii) Non-jamming;
(iii) Right handed;
(iv) Of a locking type; and
(v) Used in combination with another type of closure that has a quick and positive means of locking.
(g)
(2) Any chemical reaction of inflation medium during inflation must not produce a toxic residue.
(h)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(k)
(l) [Reserved]
(m)
(a)
(1) Have at least two inflation chambers;
(2) Be constructed so that the intended method of donning is obvious to an untrained wearer;
(3) If approved for use on a passenger vessel, be inside a sealed, non-reusable package that can be easily opened;
(4) Have a retainer for each adjustable closure to prevent any part of the closure from being easily removed from the lifejacket;
(5) Be universally sized for wearers weighing over 40 kg. (90 pounds) and have a chest size range of at least 76 to 120 cm. (30 to 52 in.);
(6) Unless the lifejacket is designed so that it can only be donned in one way, be constructed to be donned with either the inner or outer surface of the lifejacket next to the wearer (be reversible);
(7) Not have a channel that can direct water to the wearer's face to any greater extent than that of the reference vest defined in § 160.176-3(h) of this part;
(8) Not have edges, projections, or corners, either external or internal, that are sharp enough to damage the lifejacket or to cause injury to anyone using or maintaining the lifejacket;
(9) Have a means for drainage of entrapped water;
(10) Be primarily vivid reddish orange, as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the “Color Names Dictionary,” on its external surfaces;
(11) Be of first quality workmanship;
(12) Unless otherwise allowed by the approval certificate—
(i) Not incorporate means obviously intended for attaching the lifejacket to the vessel; and
(ii) Not have any instructions indicating attachment to a vessel is intended; and
(13) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may prescribe, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
(b) Inflation mechanisms. (1) Each inflatable lifejacket must have
(i) At least one automatic inflation mechanism;
(ii) At least two manual inflation mechanisms on separate chambers;
(iii) At least one oral inflation mechanism on each chamber; and
(iv) At least one manual inflation mechanism or one automatic inflation mechanism on each inflation chamber.
(2) Each inflation mechanism must
(i) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an untrained wearer;
(ii) Not require tools to activate the mechanism;
(iii) Be located outside its inflation chamber; and
(iv) Be in a ready to use condition.
(3) Each oral inflation mechanism must
(i) Be easily accessible after inflation for the wearer to “top off” each chamber by mouth;
(ii) Operate without pulling on the mechanism;
(iii) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position; and
(iv) Have a non-toxic mouthpiece.
(4) Each manual inflation mechanism must
(i) Provide an easy means of inflation that requires only one deliberate action on the part of the wearer to actuate it;
(ii) Have a simple method for replacing its inflation medium cartridge; and
(iii) Be operated by pulling on an inflation handle that is marked “Jerk to Inflate” at two visible locations.
(5) Each automatic inflation mechanism must
(i) Have a simple method for replacing its inflation medium cartridge and water sensitive element;
(ii) Have an obvious method of indicating whether the mechanism has been activated; and
(iii) Be incapable of assembly without its water sensitive element.
(6) The marking required for the inflation handle of a manual inflation mechanism must be waterproof, permanent, and readable from a distance of 2.5 m (8 feet).
(c)
(2) Each deflation mechanism must
(i) Be readily accessible to either hand when the lifejacket is worn while inflated;
(ii) Not require tools to operate it;
(iii) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position; and
(iv) Have an intended method of operation which is obvious to an untrained wearer.
(3) The deflation mechanism may also be the oral inflation mechanism.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Prevents full inflation; or
(2) Allows inflation in a location other than in its intended location.
(d)
(a)
(2) All data relating to buoyancy and pressure must be taken at, or corrected to, an atmospheric pressure of 760 mm (29.92 inches) of mercury and a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F).
(3) The tests in this section are not required to be run in the order listed, except where a particular order is specified.
(4) Some tests in this section require a lifejacket to be tested while being worn. In each of these tests the test subjects must represent a range of small, medium, and large heights and weights. Unless otherwise specified, a minimum of 18 test subjects, including both males and females, must be used. The test subjects must not be practiced in the use of the lifejacket being tested. However, they must be familiar with the use of other Coast Guard approved lifejackets. Unless specified otherwise, test subjects must wear only swim suits. Each test subject must be able to swim and relax in the water.
Some tests have inherent hazards for which adequate safeguards must be taken to protect personnel and property in conducting the tests.
(b)
For this test the manual inflation mechanism may be disabled.
(2) The average time of all subjects to complete the test in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must not exceed 30 seconds. The criteria in this paragraph do not apply to the tests in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section.
(3) The test in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is repeated with each subject wearing an insulated, hooded parka and gloves made from heavy, cotton-jersey (knit) fabric.
(4) The test in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is then repeated twice more with a fully inflated lifejacket. In the first test the subjects must wear swim suits and in the second test, parka and gloves.
(c)
(1) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket and is instructed to enter the water and swim for approximately 30 seconds and then, on command, inflate the lifejacket using only oral inflation mechanisms. Within 30 seconds after the command is given, the lifejacket must be sufficiently inflated to float each subject with respiration unimpeded.
(2) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket and is instructed to enter the water and swim for approximately 30 seconds, bring both hands to the surface, and then, on command, inflate the lifejacket using each manual inflation mechanism. Each test subject must find and operate all the manual inflation mechanisms within 5 seconds after the command is given. The manual inflation mechanisms must inflate the lifejacket sufficiently to float the wearers within 5 seconds after the mechanisms are operated. Within 20 seconds after activation each subject must be floating in the position described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(3) One small and one large test subject don uninflated lifejackets and jump feet first from a height of 1 meter into the water. The automatic inflation mechanisms must inflate the lifejackets sufficiently to float the wearers within 10 seconds after the subjects enter the water. Within 20 seconds after entering the water each subject must be floating in the position described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
(4) Air at a pressure of 4.2 kPa (0.6 psig) is applied separately to each oral inflation mechanism of the lifejacket. In each application the chamber must fully inflate within 1 minute.
(5) Each oral inflation mechanism of an unpacked lifejacket is connected to a regulated air source constantly supplying air at a pressure of 7 kPa (1 psig). Each mechanism must pass at least 100,000 cc of air per minute.
(d)
(2)
(ii) Each subject then takes three gentle breast strokes and while still face-down in the water, relaxes completely while slowly exhaling to FRC. Each subject remains in this limp position long enough to determine if the lifejacket will turn the subject from the face-down position to a position in which the subject's breathing is not
(iii) If the lifejacket does not have automatic inflation mechanisms for all chambers, the tests in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of this section are repeated with each lifejacket fully inflated.
(iv) Each subject then performs the test in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section with one chamber of the lifejacket deflated. This test is then repeated as many times as necessary to test the lifejacket with a different chamber deflated until each chamber has been tested in this manner.
(v) Each subject then performs the test in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section but exhales to FRC at the end of the third breast stroke and holds the breath prior to relaxing.
(3)
(i) The freeboard (the distance from the water surface to the bottom of the mouth) must be at least 100 mm (4.0 in.) without repositioning of any part of the body and at least 120 mm (4.75 in.) after the head is positioned on the lifejacket for maximum freeboard and then relaxed;
(ii) The distance from water surface to the lower portion of the ear canal must be at least 50 mm (2 in.);
(iii) The torso angle (the angle between a vertical line and a line passing through the shoulder and hip) must be between 20° and 65° (back of vertical);
(iv) The face-plane angle (the angle between a vertical line and a line passing through the most forward part of the forehead and chin) must be between 15° and 60° (back of vertical);
(v) The lowest mark on a vertical scale 6 m (20 ft.) from and in front of the subject which the subject can see without moving the head must be no higher than 0.3 m (12 in.) from the water level.
(vi) The subject when looking to the side, must be able to see the water within 3 m (10 ft.) away; and
(vii) At least 75% of the retroreflective material on the outside of the lifejacket, and the PFD light, must be above the water.
(4)
(i) The average freeboard prior to positioning the head for maximum freeboard must be at least 120 mm (4.75 in.);
(ii) The average torso angle must be between 30° and 50° (back of vertical); and
(iii) The average face-plane angle must be between 20° and 50° (back of vertical).
(5)
(e)
(i) Inflate automatically, float the subject to the surface, and stabilize the body with the mouth out of the water;
(ii) Maintain its intended position on the wearer;
(iii) Not be damaged; and
(iv) Not cause injury to the wearer.
(2) The jump test in paragraph (e)(1) of this section is repeated using a lifejacket which has been fully inflated manually.
(3) The jump test in paragraph (e)(2) of this section is then conducted with one chamber deflated.This test is then repeated as many times as necessary to test the lifejacket with a different chamber deflated until each chamber has been tested in this manner.
Before conducting these tests at the 4.5 m height, subjects should first do the test from heights of 1 m and 3 m to lessen the possibility of injury. It is suggested that subjects wear a long-sleeve cotton shirt to prevent abrasions when testing the device in the inflated condition and that the teeth should be tightly clenched together when jumping.
(f)
(2)
(3)
(g)
(2) The inflation handle of each manual inflation mechanism is attached to a force indicator. The force indicator is then used to activate each manual inflation mechanism separately. The force required to activate each mechanism is recorded. In each test the force must be between 25 and 70 N (5 and 15 lb.).
(3) A weight of 225 N (50 lb.) is in turn attached to the inflation handle of each manual inflation mechanism. The weight is then allowed to hang freely for 5 minutes from each manual inflation mechanism. The handle must not separate from the mechanism.
(h)
(2) Upon the completion of the conditioning in paragraph (h)(1) of this section all sealed or non-reusable packaging is removed from the two packed units. The lifejackets must show no functional deterioration after being inflated immediately after removal from the conditioning. The lifejackets must be inflated as follows:
(i) One unit which was packed during conditioning must fully inflate within 2 minutes using only oral inflation.
(ii) The other unit which was packed during conditioning must fully inflate within 45 seconds of submersion in water at 2 ± 2 °C (37 ± 5 °F) as a result of automatic inflation.
(iii) The unit which was unpacked during conditioning must fully inflate within 30 seconds of activation of the manual inflation mechanisms.
(3) The same 3 lifejackets used for the test in paragraph (h)(1) of this section are deflated and, with 2 repacked and 1 unpacked, are maintained at room temperature for 4 hours and then at a temperature of minus 30 ± 2 °C (−22 ± 5 °F) for 20 hours. The lifejackets are then stored at room temperature for at least 4 hours, after which they are maintained at a temperature of 65 ± 2 °C (150 ± 5 °F) for 20 hours. This cycle is then repeated once. The steps in paragraph (h)(2) of this section are then repeated, and the lifejackets must meet the criteria in that paragraph.
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(1)
(i) A wire mesh basket that is large enough to hold the inflated lifejacket without compressing it, is designed not to allow the lifejacket to float free, and is heavy enough to overcome the buoyancy of the lifejacket.
(ii) A scale that is sensitive to 14 g (0.5 oz.) and that has an error of less than ±14 g (0.5 oz.).
(iii) A test tank, filled with fresh water, that is large enough to hold the basket with its top 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface without the basket touching the tank.
(2)
(3)
(k)
(l) [Reserved]
(m)
(2)
(n)
(1)
(ii) Two unconnected rigid cylinders are passed through the body portion of each lifejacket, or through the encircling body strap for yoke style devices, with one closure fastened and adjusted to its mid range, as shown in Figure 160.176-13(n)(1). Each cylinder must be 125 mm (5 inches) in diameter. The top cylinder is connected to a winch or pulley system. The bottom cylinder is connected to a test load which when combined with the weight of the lower cylinder and the linkage equals 325 kg (720 lb.). The winch or pulley system lifts the top cylinder so the test load is raised off of its support. The test load is left suspended for 30 minutes.
(iii) There must be no functional deterioration of any component of either lifejacket during the test. Each friction type closure must not permit slippage of more than 25 mm (1 in.).
(iv) If a lifejacket has friction type closures, the test must be repeated immediately after the lifejacket has been immersed in water for a least 2 minutes.
(v) The test is repeated until each different type of closure is tested separately.
(2)
(3)
(ii) The test is paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this section is repeated until each type of inflation mechanism has been tested separately.
(iii) The test is then repeated as many additional times as necessary to test each joint in each type of inflation mechanism beyond its point of attachment to an inflation chamber. In each test the point of attachment must be as close as possible to the joint being tested.
(o) [Reserved]
(p)
(i) Face down, shoulder forward.
(ii) Face down, shoulder back.
(iii) Back down, shoulder forward.
(iv) Back down, shoulder back.
(v) Left side down, shoulder forward.
(vi) Right side down, shoulder back.
(2) Following each impact, there must be no sign of functional deterioration, and the lifejacket must not come off of the test form. After each
(3) Following the six impacts, the lifejacket must fully inflate using only its oral inflation mechanisms.
(4) The test in this paragraph is repeated on the same lifejacket after inflating, with manual inflation mechanisms, all chambers that have those mechanism.
(q)
(1)
(i) A test pan 300 mm by 450 mm by 60 mm (12 in. by 18 in. by 2
(ii) an arrangement to hold the lifejacket over the N-heptane.
(2)
(3)
(i) pass the test in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, except that only one subject is used and the test is done six times; and
(ii) pass the tensile test in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, except that a weight of 245 kg (540 lb.) is used in lieu of the 325 kg (720 lb.) weight.
(r)
(s)
(t)
(2)
(u)
(v) [Reserved]
(w)
(x) [Reserved]
(y)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(z)
(a)
(2) The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and inspections if needed to maintain quality control and check for compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
(b)
(1)
(i) Perform all required tests and examinations on each lifejacket lot before the independent laboratory inspector tests and inspects the lot;
(ii) Perform required testing of each incoming lot of inflation chamber material before using that lot in production;
(iii) Have procedures for maintaining quality control of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
(iv) Have a continuing program of employee training and a program for maintaining production and test equipment;
(v) Have an inspector from the independent laboratory observe the production methods used in producing the first lifejacket lot produced and observe any revisions made thereafter in production methods;
(vi) Admit the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to any place in the factory where work is done on lifejackets or component materials, and where completed lifejackets are stored; and
(vii) Allow the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to take samples of completed lifejackets or of components materials for tests prescribed in this subpart.
(2)
(A) The manufacturer has a current approval certificate; and
(B) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production methods and any revisions to those methods.
(ii) An inspector must perform or supervise all required tests and inspections of each lifejacket lot produced.
(iii) During each inspection, the inspector must check for noncompliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
(iv) At least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must, as a check on manufacturer compliance with this section, examine the manufacturer's records required by § 160.176-17 of this part and observe the manufacturer in performing each of the tests required by paragraph (h) of this section.
(c)
(d)
(2) Each sample lifejacket selected must be complete, unless otherwise specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) The inspector may not select the same samples tested by the manufacturer.
(4) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least the applicable number listed in Table 160.176-15A or Table 160.176-15B.
(e)
(2) In lots of 200 or fewer lifejackets, the lot must be rejected if any sample fails one or more tests.
(3) In lots of more than 200 lifejackets, the lot must be rejected if—
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.176-15A, one or more samples fail the test.
(4) A rejected lifejacket lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph (k) of this section.
(5) In testing inflation chamber materials, a lot is accepted only if the average of the results of testing the minimum number of samples prescribed in the reference tests in § 160.176-13(y) of this part is within the tolerances specified in § 160.176-8(c)(1) of this part. A rejected lot may not be used in production.
(f)
(2) A lot must be rejected if—
(i) One sample fails more than one test;
(ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
(iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.176-15B, one or more samples fail the test.
(3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph (k) of this section.
(g)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(4)
(h)
(ii) On each sample selected—
(A) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(8) of this section; and
(B) The independent laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise the tests in paragraphs (h)(4) through (h)(9) of this section.
(iii) Each individual test result must, in addition to meeting the requirements in this paragraph, meet the requirements, if any, set out in the approved plans and specifications required by § 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances prescribed in the approved plans and specifications required by § 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part.
(ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
(iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as specified in the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
(iv) The lifejacket must not otherwise be defective.
(9)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(i) First quality workmanship;
(ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, drawstrings, etc. are as specified in the approved plans and specifications; and
(iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in § 160.176-23 of this Part.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(ii) An inspector may not perform a final lot inspection unless the manufacturer has a current approval certificate.
(iii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the Commandant must be advised immediately.
(iv) The inspector must prepare and sign the inspection record required by § 159.007-13(a) of this chapter and § 160.176-17(b) of this part. If the lot passes, the record must also include the inspector's certification to that effect and a certification that no evidence of noncompliance with this section was observed.
(v) If the lot passes, each lifejacket in the lot must be plainly marked with the words, “Inspected and Passed, (Date), (Inspection Laboratory ID).” This marking must be done in the presence of the inspector. The marking must be permanent and waterproof. The stamp which contains the marking must be kept in the independent laboratory's custody at all times.
(k)
(2) Any lifejacket rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have been corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the Commandant.
(3) A rejected lot or rejected lifejacket may not be sold or offered for sale under representation that it meets this subpart or that it is Coast Guard approved.
(a) Each manufacturer of inflatable lifejackets must keep the records required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter except that they must be retained for at least 120 months after the month in which the inspection or test was conducted.
(b) Each record required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter must also include the following information:
(1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if there is more than one available.
(2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of lifejackets in the lot.
(3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
(c) The description or photographs of procedures and apparatus used in testing is not required for the records prescribed in § 159.007-13 of this chapter as long as the manufacturer's procedures and apparatus meet the requirements of this subpart.
(d) Each manufacturer of inflatable lifejackets must also keep the following records:
(1) Records for all materials used in production including the following:
(i) Name and address of the supplier.
(ii) Date of purchase and receipt.
(iii) Lot number.
(iv) Certification meeting § 160.176-8(a)(3) of this part.
(2) A copy of this subpart.
(3) Each document incorporated by reference in § 160.176-4 of this part.
(4) A copy of the approved plans and specifications required by § 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part.
(5) The approval certificate.
(6) Calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
(7) A listing of current and formerly approved servicing facilities.
(e) The records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records required by paragraph (d) of this section must be kept for at least 60 months after the lifejacket approval expires or is terminated.
(a)
(1) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable lifejacket must provide one or more Coast Guard approved facilities for servicing those lifejackets. The manufacturer must notify the Commandant whenever an approved facility under its organization no longer provides servicing of a lifejacket make and model listed in the guidelines required by paragraph (d) of this section.
(2) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable lifejacket must make replacement parts available to Coast Guard approved independent servicing facilities.
(b)
(1) Each servicing facility must conduct lifejacket servicing according to its servicing guidelines and follow the procedures in the service manual required by this section.
(2) Each servicing facility must have a suitable site for servicing which must be clean, well lit, free from excessive dust, drafts, and strong sunlight, and have appropriate temperature and humidity control as specified in the service manual.
(3) Each servicing facility must have the appropriate service, repair, and test equipment and spare parts for performing required tests and repairs.
(4) Each servicing facility must have a current manufacturer's service manual for each make and model of lifejacket serviced.
(5) A servicing facility may have more than one servicing site provided that each site meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(6) Each servicing facility must be inspected at intervals not exceeding six months by an accepted independent laboratory, and a report of the inspections must be submitted to the Commandant at least annually. The report must contain enough information to show compliance with paragraphs (b) (1) through (4) of this section and paragraph (d) of this section. Where a facility uses more than one site the report
(c)
(2) The manufacturer must make the service manual, service manual revisions, and service bulletins available to each approved servicing facility.
(3) Each service manual must contain the following:
(i) Detailed procedures for inspecting, servicing, and repackaging the lifejacket.
(ii) A list of approved replacement parts and materials to be used for servicing and repairs, if any.
(iii) A requirement to mark the date and servicing facility name on each lifejacket serviced.
(iv) Frequency of servicing.
(v) Any specific restrictions or special procedures prescribed by the Coast Guard or manufacturer.
(4) Each service manual revision and service bulletin which authorizes the modification of a lifejacket, or which affects a requirement under this subpart, must be approved by the Commandant. Other revisions and service bulletins are not required to be approved, but a copy of each must be sent to the Commandant when it is issued. At least once each year, the manufacturer must provide to the Commandant and to each servicing facility approved to service its lifejackets a bulletin listing each service manual revision and bulletin in effect.
(d)
(1) Identification of each make and model of lifejacket which may be serviced by the facility as well as the manual and revision to be used for servicing.
(2) Identification of the person, by title or position, who is responsible for the servicing program.
(3) Training and qualifications of servicing technicians.
(4) Provisions for the facility to retain a copy of its current letter of approval from the Coast Guard at each site.
(5) Requirements to—
(i) Ensure each inflatable lifejacket serviced under its Coast Guard approval is serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's service manual;
(ii) Keep servicing technicians informed of each approved servicing manual revision and bulletin and ensure servicing technicians understand each change and new technique related to the lifejackets serviced by the facility;
(iii) Calibrate each pressure gauge, weighing scale, and mechanically-operated barometer at intervals of not more than one year;
(iv) Ensure each inflatable lifejacket serviced under the facility's Coast Guard approval is serviced by or under the supervision of a servicing technician who meets the requirements of item (3) of this paragraph;
(v) Specify each make and model of lifejacket it is approved to service when it represents itself as approved by the U.S. Coast Guard; and
(vi) Not service any lifejacket for a U.S. registered commercial vessel, unless it is approved by the U.S. Coast Guard to service the make and model of lifejacket.
(e)
(1) Date of servicing, number of lifejackets serviced, lot identification, approval number, and test results data for the lifejackets serviced.
(2) Identification of the person conducting the servicing.
(3) Identity of the vessel receiving the serviced lifejackets.
(4) Date of return to the vessel.
(a) The manufacturer must develop a user's manual for each model of inflatable lifejacket. The content of the manual must be provided for approval according to §§ 160.176-5(a)(3)(v) and 160.176-5(b) of this part.
(b) A user's manual must be provided with each lifejacket except that only
(c) Each user's manual must contain in detail the following:
(1) Instructions on use of the lifejacket and replacement of expendable parts.
(2) Procedures for examining serviceability of lifejackets and the frequency of examination.
(3) Pages for logging on board examinations.
(4) Frequency of required servicing at approved servicing facilities.
(5) Instructions, if any, on proper stowage.
(6) Procedures for getting the lifejackets repaired by a servicing facility or the manufacturer.
(7) Procedures for making emergency repairs on board.
(8) Any specific restrictions or special instructions.
(a)
(b)
(c)
ADULT—For a person weighing more than 90 pounds.
Type V PFD—Approved for use on (
This lifejacket must be serviced, stowed, and used in accordance with (
When fully inflated this lifejacket provides a minimum buoyant force of (
(d)
(1) U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. (
(2) Manufacturer's or private labeler's name and address.
(3) Lot Number.
(4) Date, or year and calendar quarter, of manufacture.
(5) Necessary vital care or use instructions, if any, such as the following:
(i) Warning against dry cleaning.
(ii) Size and type of inflation medium cartridges required.
(iii) Specific donning instructions.
(e)
(1) The name of the vessel.
(2) The type of vessel.
(3) Specific purpose or limitation approved by the Coast Guard.
(f)
(1) Type I PFD.
(2) Type V PFD—(
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart and the sections affected are as follows:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(2) All systems must be listed or certified as meeting these standards by an independent laboratory that is accepted by the Commandant under part 159 of this chapter for the testing and listing or certification of fire detection equipment and systems.
(3) All parts of the system must pass the environmental tests for control and monitoring equipment in either ABS Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels Table 4/11.1 or pass the Category ENV3 tests of Lloyd's Register Type Approval System, Test Specification Number 1, as appropriate.
(4) Those parts of the system that are to be installed in locations requiring exceptional degrees of protection (defined in § 110.15-1 of this chapter) must also pass the salt spray (mist) test in either ABS Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels Table 4/11.1; Lloyd's Register Type Approval System, Test Specification No. 1; or ASTM B 117 (incorporated by reference, see § 161.002-1) with results as described in corrosion-resistant finish in § 110.15-1 of this chapter.
(a)
(b) [Reserved]
The power supply for an automatic fire detecting system must meet the requirements of § 113.10-9 of subchapter J (Electrical Engineering Regulations) of this chapter.
(a)
(b)
(i) The sounding of a vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter not smaller than 15 cm (6 inches) or other audible alarm that has an equivalent sound level and that is mounted at the control unit and at the remote annunciator panel, when provided;
(ii) The sounding of a vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter not
(iii) an indication of the fire detecting zone from which the signal originated, visible at the control unit and at the remote annunciator panel, when provided;
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(c)
(2)
(3)
(d)
(2)
(e)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(f)
(2)
(g)
(1)
(2)
(h)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(a)
(b)
(1) Manual fire alarm stations superimposed on and connected as an integral part of the fire detector circuit wiring of an automatic fire detection system.
(2) Electrical system using manually operated fire alarm boxes.
(3) Other types as may be developed.
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(1) A mechanical system consisting of portable spring-motor-driven recording clocks in conjunction with key stations located along the prescribed routes of the watchmen to operate the clock recording mechanism.
(2) An electrical system employing a recorder located at a central station in conjunction with key stations along the prescribed route of the watchmen.
(3) Other types that may be developed.
(c)
(2) The records of the recording watch clock shall be legible and permanent.
(d)
(2) Keys shall be made so that they are difficult to duplicate, and shall be of a pattern susceptible of variations tending to reduce the probability that a set of keys for one clock will operate other clocks.
The smoke detecting system must consist of a means for continuously exhausting an air sample from the protected spaces and testing the air for contamination with smoke, together with visual and audible alarms for indicating the presence of smoke.
The Commandant may approve any arrangement, fitting, appliance, apparatus, equipment, calculation, information, or test that provides a level of safety equivalent to that established by specific provisions of this subpart. Requests for approval must be submitted to Commandant (G-MSE). If necessary, the Commandant may require engineering evaluations and tests to demonstrate the equivalence of the substitute.
(a) The manufacturer must submit the following material to Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001:
(1) A formal written request that the system be reviewed for approval.
(2) Three copies of the system's instruction manual, including information concerning installation, programming, operation, and troubleshooting.
(3) One copy of the complete test report generated by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under part 159 of this chapter for the testing and listing or certification of fire-protective systems. A current list of these facilities may be obtained from the address in this section.
(4) Three copies of a list prepared by the manufacturer that contains the
(i) A document number.
(ii) A revision number (the original submission being revision number 0).
(iii) The date that the manufacturer created or revised the list.
(b) The Coast Guard distributes a copy of the approved instruction manual to the manufacturer and to the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center (MSC).
(c) The manufacturer shall maintain an account of the equipment offered for approval. The list identification information in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iii) of this section appears on the Certificate of Approval and indicates the official compilation of components for the approved system. If the manufacturer seeks to apply subsequently for the approval of a revision (because of, for example, additional accessories becoming available, replacements to obsolete components, or a change in materials or standards of safety), changes to the approved list must be submitted for review and approval.
(d) To apply for a revision, the manufacturer must submit—
(1) A written request under paragraph (a) of this section;
(2) An updated list under paragraph (a)(4) of this section; and
(3) A report by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under part 159 of this chapter for the testing and listing or certification of fire-protective systems indicating compliance with the standards and compatibility with the system.
(e) If the Coast Guard approves the system or a revision to a system, it issues a certificate, normally valid for a 5-year term, containing the information in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iii) of this section.
(a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date motor lifeboat searchlights are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
(1) Navy Department specifications:
(2) Federal specification:
(3) Standards of ASTM:
You may obtain these standards from The American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
(4) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.:
(b) Copies of the above specifications shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of approval.
(a) The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be of the incandescent type equipped with a lamp of approximately 90 watts of proper voltage for use with the electric power installation of the lifeboat, usually a 12-volt radio storage battery.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(a)
(b)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(a)
(b)
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part, and the sections affected are:
Each floating electric waterlight shall meet the requirements of ANSI/UL 1196.
(a) Each inspection and test report required by this subpart shall comply with § 159.005-11 of this chapter.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard reserves the right to make any inspection or test it deems necessary to determine the conformance of the materials and equipment to this subpart.
(c) The facilities, materials, and labor for all tests shall be furnished at no cost to the U.S. Coast Guard.
(a) A request for approval of an automatic floating electric waterlight must be submitted to the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(b) All inspections and tests must be performed by an independent laboratory which meets the requirements of § 159.010-3 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting § 159.010-3 of this chapter may be obtained by contacting the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center.
(c) Each request for approval must contain;
(1) The name and address of the applicant,
(2) One copy of all plans and specifications that meet the requirements of § 159.005-12 of this chapter,
(3) A pre-approval sample of the waterlight,
(4) An inspection and test report verifying compliance with the construction and test requirements of ANSI/UL 1196, and
(5) A statement by the manufacturer certifying that the waterlight complies with the requirements of this subpart.
This subpart prescribes approval requirements for emergency position indicating radiobeacons (EPIRB).
EPIRB's are classed as follows:
(a) Class A—an EPIRB that has been type approved or type accepted by the FCC as a Class A EPIRB. These EPIRB's are capable of floating free of a vessel and activating automatically if the vessel sinks.
(b) Class C—An EPIRB that has been type approved or type accepted by the FCC as a Class C EPIRB. These EPIRB's are manually activated and are not required to be Coast Guard approved.
(a) The Coast Guard approves the class of EPIRB's listed in § 161.011-5(a) of this subpart.
(b) An application for type approval or type acceptance of an EPIRB should be submitted to the FCC in accordance with Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 2. When requested by the FCC, the Coast Guard reviews the test results in the application that concern installation and automatic operation (if required) of the EPIRB. The Coast Guard provides the results of the review to the manufacturer, and to the FCC for its use in acting upon the application.
(c) Upon notification of the FCC type acceptance or type approval, the Commandant (G-MSE) issues a certificate of approval for the EPIRB.
(a) This subpart prescribes construction and performance requirements, approval and production tests, and procedures for approving personal flotation device lights fitted on Coast Guard approved life preservers, bouyant vests, and other personal flotation devices.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) As used in this subpart,
(b) For the purpose of § 161.012-7,
(a) An application for approval of a PFD light under this subpart must be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) Each application for approval must contain—(1) The name and address of the applicant;
(2) Two copies of plans showing the construction details of the light;
(3) A detailed description of the applicant's production testing program; and
(4) A laboratory test report containing the observations and results of approval testing.
(c) The Commandant advises the applicant whether the light is approved. If the light is approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant.
(a) Each light must be designed to be attached to a PFD without damaging the PFD or interfering with its performance.
(b) Each light and its power source must be designed to be removed and replaced without causing damage to the PFD.
(c) The storage life of the power source of a light must be twice as long as the period between the date of manufacture and the expiration date of the power source.
(d) Each light, prior to activation, must be capable of preventing leakage from its container of any chemicals it contains or produces.
(e) Each component of a light must be designed to remain serviceable in a marine environment for at least as long as the storage life of the light's power source.
(f) No light may have a water pressure switch.
(g) Each light must be designed so that when attached to a PFD, its light beam, at a minimum, is visible in an arc of 180 degrees above or in front of the wearer.
(h) Each light, including its power source, must fit into a cylindrical space that is 150 mm (6 in.) long and 75 mm (3 in.) in diameter.
(i) Each light, including its power source, must not weigh more than 225g (8 oz.).
(j) Each light that is designed to operate while detached from a PFD must have a lanyard that can be used to connect it to the PFD. The lanyard must be at least 750 mm (30 in.) long.
(k) Each light designed to operate while detached from a PFD must be capable of floating in water with its light source at or above the surface of the water.
(a) If a light is a flashing light, its flash rate when first activated, or within five minutes thereafter, must be between 50 and 70 flashes per minute.
(b) Each light must—(1) Begin to shine within 2 minutes after activation; and
(2) Within 5 minutes after activation be capable of being seen from a distance of at least one nautical mile on a dark clear night.
(c) Each light must be designed to operate underwater continuously for at least 8 hours at a water temperature of 15° ±5 °C (59° ±9 °F). However, if the light needs air to operate, underwater operation is required only for 50 or more seconds during each minute of the eight hour period.
(d) Each light must be designed to operate both in sea water and in fresh water.
(e) A light that concentrates its light beam by means of a lens or curved reflector must not be a flashing light.
(f) Each light must be designed to operate in accordance with this section after storage for 24 hours at a temperature of 65° ±2 °C (149° ±44 °F), and after storage for 24 hours at −30° ±2 °C (−22° ±4 °F).
(a) The approval tests described in this section must be conducted for each light submitted for Coast Guard approval. The tests must be conducted by a laboratory that has the equipment, personnel, and procedures necessary to conduct the approval tests required by this subpart, and that is free of influence and control of the applicant and other manufacturers, suppliers, and vendors of PFD lights.
(b) A sample light must be activated at night under clear atmospheric conditions. However, two lights must be used if the power source is water activated, and one light must be activated in fresh water and the other in salt water having the approximate salinity of sea water. The light, or lights, must begin to shine within 2 minutes after activation and, within 5 minutes after activation, must be seen from a distance of at least one nautical mile against a dark background.
(c) At least ten sample lights must be selected at random from a group of at least 25. Each sample light must be kept at a constant temperature of 65° ±2 °C (149° ±4 °F) for 24 hours. Each sample light must then be kept at a constant temperature of minus 30° ±2 °C (minus 22° ±4 °F) for 24 hours. Five samples must then be submerged in salt water having the approximate salinity of sea water and the five other samples must be submerged in fresh water. The temperature of the water must be 15° ±5 °C (59° ±9 °F). The lights must then be activated and left submerged for eight hours. However, if their power sources need a supply of air to operate, the lights may be brought to their normal operating positions at the surface of the water for up to 10 seconds per minute during the eight hour period. At least nine of the ten lights must operate continuously over the eight hour period. If the lights are flashing lights, at least nine of ten must have a flash rate of between 50 and 70 flashes per minute when first activated or within five minutes thereafter.
(d) Individual tests must be conducted on a sample light to determine whether the light meets the requirements of § 161.012-7, except that technical data showing compliance with § 160.012-7(c) may be submitted with the application for approval in lieu of performing an individual test.
(a) The manufacturer of approved lights must randomly select a sample of ten lights from each lot of lights produced. Each lot must not exceed 1,000 lights. At least nine of the ten lights, when tested in accordance with the test described in § 161.012-11(c), must meet the test criteria prescribed by that section. If less than nine lights meet the test criteria, another random
(b) The Coast Guard does not inspect lights approved under this subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commandant may select samples and conduct tests and examinations whenever necessary to determine whether the lights are being manufactured in compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
(a) Each light manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be permanently and legibly marked with:
(1) The manufacturer's name or trade mark that clearly identifies the model designation;
(2) The Coast Guard approval number asssigned to light; and
(3) Instructions on how to activate the light.
(b) The power source of each light must be permanently and legibly marked with its date of manufacture and expiration date. Each date must include the month and year.
(a) Each light must have instructions on how to attach it to a PFD in a manner that complies with § 161.012-7(a). However, in the case of lights that are to be attached by a PFD manufacturer, only one set of instructions need be provided for each shipment of lights.
(b) If a light is designed to be attached to a finished PFD, any attachment materials that are not supplied with the light must be clearly identified in the instructions. If a light is to be attached to a finished PFD by a PFD purchaser, any attachment materials not supplied with the light must be generally available for purchase.
(c) Each set of instructions must—(1) Clearly identify the kind of PFD construction (for example fabric covered or vinyl dipped) to which the light can be attached; and
(2) Not require penetration of the bouyant material of the PFD.
(a) This subpart establishes standards for electric distress lights for boats.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each electric light must:
(1) Emit a white light which meets the intensity requirements of § 161.013-5;
(2) Be capable of automatic signaling in a manner which meets the requirements of § 161.013-7;
(3) Contain an independent power source which meets the requirements of § 161.013-9;
(4) Float in fresh water with the lens surface at or above the surface of the water;
(5) Be equipped with a waterproof switch; and
(6) Meet the requirement of paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this section after floating for at least 72 hours followed by submersion in 5% by weight sodium chloride solution for at least 2 hours.
(b) The electric light may not be equipped with a switch mechanism which permits continuous display of a beam of light except that the light may be equipped with a switch which returns to the off position when pressure is released.
(a) If an electric light emits light over an arc of the horizon of 360 degrees, the light must:
(1) When level, have a peak intensity within 0.1 degrees of the horizontal plane;
(2) Have a peak Equivalent Fixed Intensity of at least 75 cd; and,
(3) Have a minimum Equivalent Fixed Intensity within a vertical divergence of ±3 degrees of at least 15 cd.
(b) If an electric light emits a directional beam of light, the light must:
(1) Have an Equivalent Fixed Intensity of no less than 25 cd within ±4 degrees vertical and ±4 degrees horizontal divergence centered about the peak intensity; and,
(2) Have a minimum peak Equivalent Fixed Intensity of 2,500 cd.
(c) The Equivalent Fixed Intensity (EFI) is the intensity of the light corrected for the length of the flash and is determined by the formula:
(d) An electric light which meets the requirements of either paragraph (a) or (b) of this section need not, if capable of operating in both manners, meet the requirements of the other paragraph.
(a) An electric light must have a flash characteristic of the International Morse Code for S-O-S and, under design conditions,
(1) Each short flash must have a duration of
(2) Each long flash must have a duration of 1 second;
(3) The dark period between each short flash must have a duration of
(4) The dark period between each long flash must have a duration of
(5) The dark period between each letter must have a duration of 2 seconds;
(6) The dark period between each
(b) The flash characteristics described in paragraph (a) must be produced automatically when the signal is activated.
(a) Each independent power source must be capable of powering the light so that it meets the requirements of § 161.013-3(a)(1) and emits a recognizable flash characteristic of the International Morse Code for S-O-S at a rate of between 3 and 5 times per minute after six hours of continuous display of the signal.
(b) If the independent power source is rechargeable, it must have a waterproof recharger designed for marine use.
(c) If the independent power source requires external water to form an electrolyte, it must operate in sea water and fresh water.
(a) Each manufacturer must test a prototype light identical to the lights to be certified prior to the labeling required by § 161.013-13.
(b) If the prototype light fails to meet any of the general performance requirements of § 161.013-3 the lights must not be certified under this subpart.
(c) Each manufacturer must:
(1) Forward the test results within 30 days to the Commandant (G-MSE), U. S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001; and
(2) Retain records of the test results for at least 5 years, or as long as the light is manufactured and certified, whichever is longer.
(a) Each electric light intended as a Night Visual Distress Signal required by 33 CFR part 175 must be certified by the manufacturer as complying with the requirements of this subpart.
(b) Each electric light must be legibly and indelibly marked with:
(1) Manufacturer's name;
(2) Replacement battery type;
(3) Lamp size; and
(4) The following words—
“Night Visual Distress Signal for Boats Complies with U. S. Coast Guard Requirements in 46 CFR 161.013. For Emergency Use Only.”
(c) If an electric light is designed for use with dry cell batteries the label must advise the consumer on the battery replacement schedule which under normal conditions would maintain performance requirements of § 161.013-3.
Each manufacturer certifying lights in accordance with the specifications of this subpart must send written notice to the Commandant (G-MSE), U. S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001 within 30 days after first certifying them, and send a new notice every five years thereafter as long as it certifies lights.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j), 1903; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4104, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 793; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
This specification covers the design and construction of pressure-vacuum relief valves intended for use in venting systems on all tank vessels transporting inflammable or combustible liquids.
(a) The valves shall be of substantial construction and first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections which may affect its serviceability.
(b) Bodies of pressure-vacuum relief valves must be made of bronze or such corrosion-resistant material as may be approved by the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center.
(c) Valve discs, spindles, and seats shall be made of bronze or such corrosion-resistant material as may be approved by the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center.
(d) Where springs are employed to actuate the valve discs, the springs shall be made of corrosion-resistant material. Springs plated with corrosion-resistant material are not acceptable.
(e) Flame screens shall be made of corrosion-resistant wire.
(f) Nonmetallic materials will not be permitted in the construction of the valves, except bushings used in way of moving parts and gaskets may be made of nonmetallic material resistant to attack by the product carried. Nonmetallic diaphragms will be allowed where diaphragm failure will not result in unrestricted flow of cargo vapors to the atmosphere nor in an increase in the pressure or vacuum at which the valve normally releases.
(g) The design and construction of the valves shall permit overhauling and repairs without removal from the line.
(h) Valve discs shall be guided by a ribbed cage or other suitable means to prevent binding, and to insure proper seating. Where valve stems are guided by bushings suitably designed to prevent binding and to insure proper seating, the valves need not be fitted with ribbed cages.
(i) The disc shall close tight against the valve seat by metal to metal contact, however, resilient seating seals may be provided if the design is such that the disc closes tight against the seat in case the seals are destroyed or in case they carry away.
(j) Pressure-vacuum relief valves for venting cargo tanks shall be of not less than 2
(k) Bodies of valves shall be designed to withstand a hydrostatic pressure of at least 125 pounds per square inch without rupturing or showing permanent distortion.
(l) The valve discs may be solid or made hollow so that weight material may be added to vary the lifting pressure. If hollow discs are employed, a watertight bolted cover shall be fitted to encase the weight material. The pressure at which the discs open shall not exceed 120 percent of the set pressure.
(m) The free area through the valve seats at maximum lift shall not be less than the cross-sectional area of the valve inlet connection.
(n) Double flame screens of 20×20 corrosion-resistant wire mesh with a
(o) Valve bodies may have screwed or flanged pipe connections, or such types of connections as may be approved by the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center. If flanged, the thickness and drilling shall comply with USA standards for 150-pound bronze flanged fittings.
(p) Where design of valve does not permit complete drainage of condensate to attached cargo tank or vent line, the valve body shall be fitted with a plugged drain opening on the side of the atmospheric outlet of not less than
(q) Relief pressure adjusting mechanisms shall be permanently secured by
Pressure-vacuum relief valves may be inspected and tested at the plant of the manufacturer. An inspector may conduct such tests and examinations as may be necessary to determine compliance with this specification.
(a) Each valve shall be legibly marked with the style, type or other designation of the manufacturer, the size, pressure and vacuum setting and name or registered trademark of the manufacturer and Coast Guard approval number. The minimum wording for showing the approval number shall be “USCG/162.017/* *” or “USCG 162.017-* *”.
* * Number to be assigned by the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart except as noted in this subpart.
(b) The following referenced material from industry standards of the issue in effect on the date safety relief valves are manufactured shall form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see §§ 2.-75-17 through 2.75-19 of Subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) and Subpart 50.15 of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter):
(1) ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code (see § 50.-15-5 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter): The following paragraph from section VIII of the ASME Code:
(i) UG-131, flow rating of valves, see § 162.018-7(a).
(2) CGA (Compressed Gas Association) standard: The following standard of the Compressed Gas Association (see § 50.15-20(a) of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter):
(i) S-1.2.5.2, Flow test data for safety and relief valves for use on pressure vessels, see § 162.018-7(a).
(c) A copy of this specification and the referenced material listed in this section, if used, shall be kept on file by
(1) The ASME Code may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017.
(2) The CGA standard may be obtained from the Compressed Gas Association, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10036.
(a) This specification covers requirements for the design, construction and testing of safety relief valves intended for use on unfired pressure vessels containing liquefied compressed gases installed on merchant vessels subject to inspection by the Coast Guard.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The materials used in the manufacture of safety relief valves shall conform to the applicable requirements of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter, except as otherwise specified in this subpart, and shall be resistant to the corrosive or other action of the liquefied compressed gas in the liquid or gas phase.
(b) All pressure containing external parts of valves must be constructed of materials melting above 1700 °F. for liquefied flammable gas service. Consideration of lower melting materials for internal pressure-containing parts will be given if their use provides significant improvement to the general operation of the valve. Flange gaskets shall be metal or spiral wound asbestos.
(c) Nonferrous materials shall not be used in the construction of valves for anhydrous ammonia or other service where susceptible to attack by the lading.
(d) The seats and disks shall be of suitable corrosion resistant material. Seats and disks of cast iron or malleable iron shall not be used. Springs shall be of best quality spring steel consistent with the design of the valve and the service requirement.
(a) Safety relief valves shall be of either the internal or external spring-loaded type, suitable for the intended service.
(b) Safety relief valve body, base, bonnet and internals shall be designed for a pressure of not less than the set-pressure of the valve.
(c) All safety relief valves shall be so constructed that the failure of any part cannot obstruct the free and full discharge of vapors from the valve.
(d) The nominal size of a safety relief valve shall be the inside diameter of the inlet opening to the individual valve disk. No safety relief valve shall be smaller than
(e) Safety relief valves shall be of the angle or straight-through type, fitted with side or top outlet discharge connections.
(f)(1) Springs shall not show a permanent set exceeding 1 percent of their free length 10 minutes after being released from a cold compression test closing the spring solid.
(2) Springs may not be re-set for any pressure more than 10 percent above or 10 percent below that for which the valve is marked.
(3) If the operating conditions of a valve are changed so as to require a new spring under paragraph (f)(2) of this section for a different pressure, the valve shall be adjusted by the manufacturer or his authorized representative.
(g) The design and construction of safety relief valves shall permit easy access for inspection and repair.
(h) Safety relief valves shall be tapped for not less than
(a) Safety relief valves shall be so constructed that no shocks detrimental to the valve or pressure vessel are produced when lifting or closing. Safety relief valves shall be designed to open sharply and reach full lift and capacity at the maximum accumulation. Valve closure after popping shall be clean and sharp. Safety relief valves shall operate satisfactorily without wiredrawing and chattering at any stage of operation.
(b) Safety relief valves having adjustible blow-down construction shall be adjusted to close after blowing down not more than 5 percent of the set pressure. Valves shall be adjusted to pop within a tolerance of plus or minus 3 percent of the set pressure, except that for pressures of 70 p.s.i. and below, the tolerance in popping pressure shall not vary more than plus or minus 2 p.s.i.
(a) Each safety relief valve shall be plainly marked by the manufacturer with the required data in such a way that the marking will not be obliterated in service. The marking may be stamped on the valve or stamped or cast on a plate securely fastened to the valve. The marking shall include the following data:
(1) The name or identifying trademark of the manufacturer.
(2) Manufacturer's design or type number.
(3) Size __ inches. (The pipe size of the valve inlet).
(4) Set pressure __ p.s.i.
(5) Rated capacity __ cubic feet per minute of the gas or vapor (at 60 °F. and 14.7 p.s.i.a.).
(6) Coast Guard approval number. The minimum wording for showing approval shall be “USCG 162.018/* *” or “USCG 162.018-* *
* * Number to be assigned by the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Flow rating of valves shall be conducted in accordance with UG-131 of section VIII of the ASME Code, S-1.2.5.2 of the Compressed Gas Association Standards, or other procedure approved by the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) Reports of conducted tests on designs of safety relief valves different
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice of change in the
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part and the sections affected are as follows:
(a) Each combination solid stream and water spray firehose nozzle required to be approved under the provisions of this subpart must be designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with the requirements of ASTM F 1546 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.027-1).
(b) All inspections and tests required by ASTM F 1546 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.027-1) must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent Laboratories accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter may be obtained by contacting the Commandant (G-MSE).
(c) The independent laboratory shall prepare a report on the results of the testing and shall furnish the manufacturer with a copy of the test report upon completion of the testing required by ASTM F 1546 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.027-1).
(a) Firehose nozzles designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with ASTM F 1546 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.027-1) are considered to be approved under the provisions of this chapter.
(b) Firehose nozzles designed, constructed, tested and marked in accordance with the provisions of this subpart in effect prior to June 24, 1996, are considered to be approved under the provisions of this chapter.
(a) There are no other Coast Guard specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Every portable fire extinguisher shall be classified as to type and size as specified in § 76.50-5 (Subchapter H—Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(
(
(
(
(
(ii) The metallic platings of less than the thicknesses specified in this paragraph are not acceptable for the protection against corrosion of ferrous parts.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(i) The extinguisher must be capable of being operated and recharged in a normal fashion;
(ii) Any coating required in this section to be corrosion resistant must remain intact and must not be removable (when such removal exposes a material subject to corrosion) by such action as washing or rubbing with a thumb or fingernail;
(iii) No galvanic corrosion may appear at the points of contact or close proximity of dissimilar metals;
(iv) The extinguisher and its bracket, if any, must not show any corrosion, except corrosion that can be easily wiped off after rinsing with tap water, on surfaces having no protective coating or paint; and,
(v) The gauge on a stored pressure extinguisher must remain watertight throughout the test.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(2) For extinguishers which are not ordinarily discharged or opened during the regular maintenance inspections and tests, the weight of the fully charged extinguisher shall be die-stamped, embossed, or cast in a conspicuous location on the name plate, valve body, or shell of the extinguisher.
(3) Pasted-on type paper or decalcomania labels are not acceptable for any of the required extinguisher markings.
(4) For stored pressure type or cartridge operated type water or antifreeze portable fire extinguishers, each extinguisher name plate shall be marked to indicate whether the extinguisher is to be filled with plain water or with anti-freeze solution. Combination type name plates showing the charge may be either plain water or antifreeze solution will not be permitted.
(5) Recharge packages shall be legibly marked with the name of the recharge and the capacity of contents in gallons, quarts, or pounds, in addition to the usual recharge package marking. Recharge pressure cartridges shall, in addition to the usual marking, also be plainly marked to show the distinctive identifying designation of the cartridge.
(g)
(h)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(2) Every dry chemical stored pressure type portable fire extinguisher, i.e., one which employs a single chamber for both the dry chemical and expellant gas, shall be fitted with a pressure gauge or device to show visual indication of whether or not the pressure in the chamber is in the operating range.
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(a) In addition to all other marking, every portable extinguisher shall bear a label containing the “marine type” listing manifest issued by a recognized laboratory. This label will include the classification of the extinguisher in accordance with the Coast Guard classification system, and the Coast Guard approval number, thus: “Marine Type USCG Type ____, Size ____, Approval No. 162.028/____.” All such labels are to be obtained from the recognized laboratory and will remain under its control until attached to product found acceptable under its listing and labeling program.
(b) All such labels are to be obtained only from the recognized laboratory and will remain under its control until attached to product found acceptable under its inspection and labeling program.
The following have met the standards under § 159.101-7 for listing as an independent laboratory to perform or supervise approval or productions inspections or tests of portable fire extinguishers:
(a) For dry chemical, CO
(1) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: P.O. Box 247, Northbrook, Illinois 60062.
(2) Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, mailing address: 7 Crouse Rd, Scarborough, Ontario, MIR 3A9, Canada.
(b) For halon type fire extinguishers:
(1) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: P.O. Box 247, Northbrook, Illinois 60062.
(2) Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, mailing address: 7 Crouse Rd, Scarborough, Ontario, MIR 3A9, Canada.
(3) Factory Mutual Research Corporation, mailing address: 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike, P.O. Box 688, Norwood, MA 02062.
(a) Full examinations, tests, and inspections to determine the suitability of a product for listing and labeling,
(b) Manufacturers of listed or labeled marine type portable fire extinguishers shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished product so as to meet the applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of representative samples of the extinguishers and various components produced to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer shall be made available to the laboratory inspector or to the merchant marine inspector, or both, for review upon request.
(c) Follow-up check tests, examinations, and inspections of product listed and labeled as a “marine type” portable fire extinguisher acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and motorboats may be conducted by the Coast Guard, as well as by the recognized laboratory.
(d) The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard marine inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the factory is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where work is being done on listed or labeled product, and either or both inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into construction, or final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at the place of manufacture.
(a) Manufacturers having a marine-type portable fire extinguisher which they consider has characteristics suitable for general use on merchant vessels and motorboats may make application for listing and labeling as a marine-type portable fire extinguisher by addressing a request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to the requirements for inspection, examinations, and testing necessary for such listing and labeling. The request shall include permission for the laboratory to furnish a complete test report together with a description of the quality control procedures to the Commandant.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and quality control procedures to determine if the requirements in § 162.028-3 have been met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the laboratory that the extinguisher is approved and that when the extinguisher is listed and labeled, it may be marked as being U.S. Coast Guard approved.
(c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical, or inspection questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements between the manufacturer and the laboratory, the opinion of the Commandant shall be requested by the laboratory.
(d) The manufacturer or the laboratory may at any time request clarification or advice from the Commandant on any question which may arise regarding manufacturing and approval of approved devices.
(a) Listing or labeling as a marine type portable fire extinguisher acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on inspected vessels and motorboats, may be terminated, withdrawn, cancelled, or suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized laboratory or from the Commandant, under the following conditions:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable assurance of the quality of the listed or labeled product being manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current applicable requirements.
(5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard reports indicate a product is unsatisfactory.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) There are no other Coast Guard specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Every semiportable fire extinguisher shall be classified as to type and size as specified in § 76.50-5 (Subchapter H—Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(ii) The metallic platings of less than the thicknesses specified in this paragraph are not acceptable for the protection against corrosion of ferrous parts.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h) [Reserved]
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(2) Pasted-on type paper or decalcomania labels are not acceptable for any of the required extinguisher marking.
(3) Recharge packages shall be legibly marked with the name of the recharge and the capacity of contents in gallons, quarts, or pounds in addition to the usual recharge package marking. Recharge pressure containing cylinders shall, in addition to the usual marking, also be plainly marked to show the distinctive identifying designation of the cylinder.
(m)
(a) In addition to all other marking, every semiportable extinguisher shall bear a label containing the “marine type” listing manifest issued by a recognized laboratory. This label will include the classification of the extinguisher in accordance with the Coast Guard classification system, and the Coast Guard approval number, thus: “Marine Type USCG Type __, Size __, Approval No. 162.039/Ex_.” All such labels are to be obtained from the recognized laboratory and will remain under its control until attached to product found acceptable under its listing and labeling program.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) A recognized laboratory is one which is regularly engaged in the examination, testing, and evaluation of semi-portable fire extinguishers; which has an established factory inspection, listing, and labeling program; and which has special standards for listing and labeling as a “marine type” semiportable fire extinguisher acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and motorboats. The following laboratories are recognized, and the semiportable fire extinguishers bearing their “marine type” labels are approved for use on merchant vessels and motorboats:
(1) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: Post Office Box 247, Northbrook, Ill., 60062.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Full examinations, tests, and inspections to determine the suitability of a product for listing and labeling, and to determine conformance of labeled product to the applicable requirements are conducted by the recognized laboratory. Whenever any work is being done on components or the assembly of such product, the manufacturer shall notify the recognized laboratory in order that an inspector may be assigned to the factory to conduct such examinations, inspections, and tests as to satisfy himself that the quality assurance program of the manufacturer is satisfactory, and that the labeled product is in conformance with the applicable requirements.
(b) Manufacturers of listed or labeled marine type semiportable fire extinguishers shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished product so as to meet the applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of representative samples of the extinguishers and various components produced to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer shall be made available to the laboratory inspector or to the Coast Guard marine inspector, or both, for review upon request.
(c) Followup check tests, examinations, and inspections of product listed and labeled as a “marine type” semiportable fire extinguisher acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and motorboats may be conducted by the Coast Guard, as well as by the recognized laboratory.
(d) The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard merchant marine inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the factory is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where work is being done on listed or labeled product, and either or both inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into construction, of final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at the place of manufacture.
(a) Manufacturers having models of extinguishers which they believe are suitable for marine service may make application for listing and labeling of such product as a “marine type” semiportable fire extinguisher which will be acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels, by addressing a request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to the requirements for inspections, examinations, and testing necessary for such listing and labeling. All costs in connection with the examinations, tests, and inspections, listings and labelings are payable by the manufacturer.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Listing or labeling as a marine type semiportable fire extinguisher acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on inspected vessels or motorboats may be terminated, withdrawn, canceled, or suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized laboratory or from the Commandant under the following conditions:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable assurance of the quality of the listed or labeled product being manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current applicable requirements.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) This subpart contains—
(1) Procedures for approval of 100 p.p.m. separators, 15 p.p.m. separators, cargo monitors, bilge monitors, and bilge alarms;
(2) Design specifications for this equipment;
(3) Tests required for approval;
(4) Procedures for obtaining designation as a facility authorized to conduct approval tests;
(5) Marking requirements; and
(6) Factory inspection procedures.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) Has the equipment and procedures necessary to approve the electrical components described in §§ 162.050-21(b) and 162.050-25(c), or to conduct the test described in § 162.050-37(a); and
(2) Is not owned or controlled by a manufacturer, supplier, or vendor of separators, monitors, or bilge alarms.
(a) The following documents are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (as revised April 8, 1976).
(2) “Experimental Statistics”, National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 91 (October 1966).
(3) ASTM D 2777-98, Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias of Applicable Test Methods of Committee D-19 on Water—162.050-15.
(b) The documents listed in this section may be obtained as follows:
(1) The UL standard may be obtained from Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL), 12 Laboratory Drive, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995.
(2) You may obtain the ASTM Standard from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
(3) The NBS handbook may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
(c) The documents listed in this section are also on file in the Federal Register library.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on August 21, 1979.
(a) An application for approval of a 15 p.p.m. separator, a cargo or bilge monitor, or a bilge alarm must contain the following information:
(1) A brief description of the item submitted for approval.
(2) The name and address of the applicant and its manufacturing facility.
(3) A detailed description of quality control procedures, in-process and final inspections and tests followed in manufacturing the item, and construction and sales record keeping systems maintained.
(4) Arrangement drawings and piping diagrams of the item that give the information prescribed by § 56.01-10(d) of this chapter.
(5) Detailed electrical plans of the type described in § 110.25-1 of this chapter.
(6) An instructions manual containing detailed instructions on installation, operation, calibration and zeroing, and maintenance of the item.
(7) For each monitor and bilge alarm and each control on a separator, the vibration test report described in § 162.050-37.
(8) For each cargo monitor, a statement of whether it is to be used with crude oils, refined products, or both.
(9) A list of the substances used in operating the item that require certification under part 147 of this chapter as articles of ships' stores and supplies.
(10) The name of the facility to conduct approval testing.
(11) If the applicant intends to use a test rig other than a test rig of the facility, a detailed description of the rig.
(b) An applicant may incorporate by reference in his application information that he has submitted in a previous application.
(a) An application for approval of equipment under this subpart must be sent to the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, Engineering Division, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(b) The application is examined by the Coast Guard to determine whether the item complies with the design requirements and vibration standard prescribed in this subpart and to determine what probability the item has of passing the approval tests. The applicant is notified of the results of the examination.
(c) If examination of the application reveals that it is incomplete, it is returned to the applicant with a statement of reasons why it is incomplete.
(d) The applicant must make arrangements for approval testing directly with a testing facility and must provide the facility with a copy of the instructions manual for the equipment to be tested.
(e) If applications for approval of a separator have been made for more than one size, the applicant, in lieu of submitting each size for approval testing, may submit each size that has a capacity exceeding fifty (50) cubic meters per hour throughput, if any, and two additional sizes that have a capacity of fifty (50) cubic meters per hour throughput or less. One of the additional sizes must have a capacity that is in the highest quartile of capacities manufactured in the 0-50 cubic meters per hour throughput range and the other must be from the lowest quartile.
(f) Each approval test must be performed by a facility designated under § 162.050-15. The facility must perform each test in accordance with the test conditions prescribed in this subpart for the test, prepare a test report for the item if it completes all of the tests, and send the report with four copies to the Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center. The applicant may observe the tests. (If an item does not complete testing, a new application must be made before retesting.)
(g) The Commanding Officer, USCG Marine Safety Center, sends a copy of the test report to the applicant and advises him whether the item is approved. If the item is approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant. The approval certificate lists conditions of approval applicable to the item.
(h) A separator is approved under this subpart if—
(1) It meets the design requirements in § 162.050-21 and is tested in accordance with this subpart;
(2) In the case of a 15 p.p.m. separator, the oil content of each sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 15 p.p.m. or less;
(3) During Test No. 3S an oily mixture is not observed at the separated water outlet of the separator;
(4) During Test No. 5S its operation is continuous; and
(5) Any substance used in operating the separator that requires certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' stores or supplies has been certified.
(i) A cargo monitor is approved under this subpart if—
(1) It meets the design requirements in § 162.050-25 and is tested in accordance with this subpart;
(2) Each oil content reading recorded during approval testing is within ±10 p.p.m. or ±20 percent of the oil content of the sample of influent mixture taken at the time of the reading;
(3) Its response time is twenty (20) seconds or less in Test No. 3CM;
(4) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test No. 4CM are twenty (20) seconds or less; and
(5) Any substance used in operating the monitor that requires certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' stores or supplies has been certified.
(j) A bilge monitor is approved under this subpart if—
(1) It meets the design requirements in § 162.050-29 and is tested in accordance with this subpart;
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(5) of this section, each oil content reading recorded during approval testing is within ±10 p.p.m. or ±20 percent of the oil content of the sample of influent mixture taken at the time of the reading;
(3) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test No. 3BM are twenty (20) seconds or less;
(4) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test No. 4BM are twenty (20) seconds or less;
(5) The oil content of the sample taken each time the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates is 15 p.p.m. ±5 p.p.m.;
(6) The oil content of the sample taken each time the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates is 100 p.p.m. ±20 p.p.m.; and
(7) Any substance used in operating the monitor that requires certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' stores or supplies has been certified.
(k) A bilge alarm is approved under this subpart if—
(1) It meets the design requirements in § 162.050-33 and is tested in accordance with this subpart;
(2) The oil content of each sample taken during approval testing is 15 p.p.m. ±5 p.p.m.;
(3) Its response time is twenty seconds or less in Test No. 2A; and
(4) Any substance used in operating the alarm that requires certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' stores or supplies has been certified.
(a) A report of approval testing must contain the following:
(1) Name of the testing facility.
(2) Name of the applicant.
(3) Date of receiving the item for testing and the dates of the tests conducted.
(4) Trade name and brief description of the item.
(5) A listing of the following properties of the test oils used:
(i) Relative density at 15 °C.
(ii) Viscosity in centistokes at 37.8 °C.
(iii) Flashpoint.
(iv) Weight of ash content.
(v) Weight of water content.
(vi) Relative density at 15 °C. the of water used during testing and the weight of solid content in the water.
(vii) The data recorded during each test.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Each separator, monitor, and bilge alarm manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be plainly marked by the manufacturer with the information listed in paragraph (b) of this section. The marking must be securely fastened to the item.
(b) Each marking must include the following information:
(1) Name of the manufacturer.
(2) Name or model number of the item.
(3) If the item is a separator, the maximum throughput and the maximum influent pressure at which the separator is designed to operate.
(4) The month and year of completion of manufacture.
(5) The manufacturer's serial number for the item.
(6) The Coast Guard approval number assigned to the item in the certificate of approval.
(7) A list of bilge cleaners, solvents, and other chemical compounds that do not impair operation of the item.
(8) If the item is a cargo monitor, the oils for which use has been approved.
(9) If the item is a separator that uses replaceable filter or coalescer elements, the part numbers of the elements.
(a) Equipment manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be of the type described in the current certificate of approval issued for the equipment.
(b) Equipment manufactured under Coast Guard approval is not inspected on a regular schedule at the place of
(a) Each sample obtained in approval testing must be approximately one (1) liter in volume and must be collected in a narrow-necked glass bottle that has a pressure sealing cap. The cap must be lined with a material that will not affect the oil content of the sample.
(b) Each sample must be preserved by the addition of 5 ml. of hydrochloric acid at the time of collection. The hydrochloric acid must consist of equal amounts of concentrated reagent grade hydrochloric acid and distilled water.
(c) Each sample must be refrigerated at or below 4 °C. until analyzed. However, refrigeration is not necessary if there is no time delay between sample collection and analysis.
(a) Each request for designation as a facility authorized to perform approval tests must be submitted to the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, Engineering Division, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(b) Each request must include the following:
(1) Name and address of the facility.
(2) Each type of equipment the facility proposes to test.
(3) A description of the facility's capability to perform approval tests including detailed information on the following:
(i) Management organization including personnel qualifications.
(ii) Equipment available for conducting sample analysis.
(iii) Materials available for approval testing.
(iv) Each of the facility's test rigs, if any.
(c) The Coast Guard reviews each request submitted to determine whether the facility meets the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this section.
(d) If the facility meets the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(4) of this section, it is then supplied with twelve samples containing mixtures of oil in water that are within a 10 to 30 p.p.m. range.
(e) The facility must measure the oil content of each sample using the method described in § 162.050-39 and report the value of each of the 12 measurements to the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, Engineering Division, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(f) The measurements must meet the following criteria:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the absolute value of Tn for each measurement, as determined by the American Society for Testing and Materials, “Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias of Methods of Committee D-19 on Water”, D 2777 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.050-4), must be less than or equal to 2.29 at a confidence level of 0.05.
(2) The absolute value of Tn for one measurement may exceed 2.29 if the Tn values for the other eleven measurements are less than or equal to 2.23 at a confidence level of 0.05. If the Tn value for one measurement exceeds 2.29, that measurement is not used in the method described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
(3) The value of X
(g) To obtain authorization to conduct approval tests—
(1) A facility must have the management organization, equipment for conducting sample analysis, and the materials necessary to perform the tests;
(2) Each facility test rig must be of a type described in § 162.050-17 or § 162.050-19;
(3) The loss or award of a specific contract to test equipment must not be a substantial factor in the facility's financial well being;
(4) The facility must be free of influence and control of the manufacturers, suppliers, and vendors of the equipment; and
(5) The oil content measurements submitted to the Commandant must meet the criteria in paragraph (f) of this section.
(h) A facility may not subcontract for approval testing unless previously authorized by the Coast Guard. A request for authorization to subcontract must be sent to the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, Engineering Division, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
(a) This section contains requirements for test rigs used in approval testing of separators. A diagram of a typical test rig is shown in Figure 162.050-17(a).
(b) Each mixture pump on a test rig must—
(1) Be a centrifugal pump capable of operating at one thousand (1,000) revolutions per minute or more;
(2) Have a delivery capacity of at least one and one half (1.5) times the maximum throughput at which the separator being tested is designed to operate;
(3) Have a maximum delivery pressure that is equal to or greater than the maximum influent pressure at which the separator is designed to operate; and
(4) Have either bypass piping to its suction side or a throttle valve or orifice on its discharge side.
(c) The inlet piping of the test rig must be sized so that—
(1) Influent water flows at a Reynolds Number of at least ten thousand;
(2) The influent flow rate is between one and three meters per second; and
(3) Its length is at least twenty (20) times its inside diameter.
(d) Each sample point on a test rig must meet the design requirements described in Figure 162.050-17(e) and must be in a vertical portion of the test rig piping.
(a) This section contains requirements for test rigs used in approval testing of monitors and bilge alarms. A typical test rig is described in Figure 162.050-19. The mixture pipe shown in Figure 162.050-19 is the portion of test rig piping between the oil injection point and the monitor or bilge alarm piping.
(b) Each sample point on a test rig must be of the type described in Figure 162.050-17(e) and must be in a vertical portion of the test rig piping.
(c) Each test rig must have a centrifugal pump that is designed to operate at one thousand (1,000) revolutions per minute or more.
(d) The mixture pipe on a test rig must have a uniform inside diameter.
(a) A separator must be designed to operate in each plane that forms an angle of 22.5° with the plane of its normal operating position.
(b) The electrical components of a separator that are to be installed in an explosive atmosphere must be approved by an independent laboratory as components that Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (dated April 8, 1976) defines as intrinsically safe for use in a Class I, Group D hazardous location.
(c) Each separator component that is a moving part must be designed so that its movement during operation of the separator does not cause formation of static electricity.
(d) Each separator must be designed in accordance with the applicable requirements in subchapters F and J of this chapter.
(e) Each separator must be designed to be operated both automatically and manually. Each separator to be installed in an unattended machinery space must be capable of operating automatically for at least twenty-four (24) hours.
(f) Each separator must be designed so that adjustments to valves or other equipment are not necessary to start it.
(g) Each part of a separator that is susceptible to wear and tear must be readily accessible for maintenance in its installed position.
(h) A separator must be designed so that it does not rely in whole or in part on dilution of influent mixtures as a means of performing its function.
(a)
(2) Except as provided in Test No. 6S, the influent oil used in each test must be a heavy fuel oil that has a relative density of approximately 0.94 at 15 °C and a viscosity of at least 220 centistokes (approximately 900 seconds Redwood No. 1) at 37.8 °C.
(3) A test rig of the type described in § 162.050-17 must be used in performing each test.
(4) If a separator has a supply pump, it must be tested using that pump. If a separator does not have a supply pump, it must be tested using the mixture pump on the test rig.
(5) The influent water used in each test must be clean fresh water or clean fresh water in solution with sodium chloride. The water or solution must have a relative density at 15 °C that is equal to or less than 0.085 plus the relative density of the heavy fuel oil used in the tests.
(6) Each test must be conducted at an ambient temperature of between 10 °C and 30 °C.
(7) The oil content of each sample must be measured using the method described in § 162.050-39.
(8) Influent oil content must be determined during testing by measuring the flow rates of the oil and water that are mixed to form the influent or by use of an oil content meter on the inlet piping of the test rig. If an oil content meter is used, a sample of influent and a meter reading must be taken at the beginning of each test. If the meter reading is not within ±10 percent of the oil content of the sample, the meter readings subsequently taken during the test are unacceptable test results.
(9) When collecting a sample at a sample point that has a stop cock, the first minute of fluid flow through the stop cock must not be included in the sample collected.
(10) In each test, the separator must be operated in accordance with the procedures described in its instruction manual.
(11) No maintenance, including replacement of parts, may be performed on a separator during or between the tests described in this section.
(12) A one (1) liter sample of each oil to be used in testing must be taken and provided for use in the sample analysis required by § 162.050-39 .
(13) The separator may not be operated manually in Test No. 5S.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to cargo monitors.
(b) Each monitor must be designed so that it is calibrated by a means that does not involve manually mixing a known quantity of oil and a known quantity of water to form a mixture and manually feeding the mixture into the monitor.
(c) The electrical components of a monitor that are to be installed in an explosive atmosphere must be approved by an independent laboratory as components that Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (dated April 8, 1976) defines as intrinsically safe for use in a Class I, Group D hazardous location.
(d) Each monitor component that is a moving part must be designed so that its movement during operation of the monitor does not cause formation of static electricity.
(e) A monitor must be designed to operate in each plane that forms an angle of 22.5° with the plane of its normal operating position.
(f) Each monitor must be designed in accordance with the applicable requirements contained in subchapters F and J of this chapter.
(g) Each monitor must be designed so that it records each change in oil content of the mixture it is measuring within twenty (20) seconds after the change occurs.
(h) Each monitor must have a device that produces a warning signal and a signal that can be used to actuate valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when—
(1) The oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds the concentration limit set by the operator of the monitor; and
(2) Malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the monitor occurs.
(i) Each monitor must have a means to determine whether it is accurately calibrated.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to cargo monitors.
(b)
(2) A test rig of the type described in § 162.050-19 must be used in performing each test.
(3) Each mixture used during the tests must be prepared by combining oil supplied from the oil injection pipe
(4) A mixture may be circulated through a monitor only once during testing.
(5) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, the water used in each test must be clean, fresh water.
(6) The oil used in each test, except Test No. 2CM, must be Arabian light crude oil.
(7) Each test must be performed at an ambient temperature of between 10 °C and 30 °C.
(8) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, each test must be performed at the maximum mixture pressure, the maximum flow rate, and the power supply ratings at which the monitor is designed to operate.
(9) The particulate contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) must be of a type that does not lose more than three (3) percent of its weight after ignition and must be insoluble in a 500 p.p.m. mixture.
(10) In each test the monitor must be operated in accordance with the procedures described in its instructions manual.
(11) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, the centrifugal pump shown in Figure 162.050-19 must be operated at one thousand (1,000) revolutions per minute or more in each test.
(12) Whenever the oil content of a mixture is recorded, a sample of the mixture must also be taken. The oil content of the sample must be measured using the method described in § 162.050-39.
(13) A one (1) liter sample of each oil to be used in testing must be taken and provided for use in the sample analysis required by § 162.050-39.
(c)
(d)
(2) The steps described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section are repeating using each of the other oils listed in Table 162.050-27(d).
(3) If any oil listed in Table 162.050-27(d) is unavailable, an oil with similar properties may be substituted in testing.
(4) If the monitor is to be used with refined oil products, the steps described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section are performed using each of the following:
(i) Leaded regular grade automotive gasoline.
(ii) Unleaded automotive gasoline.
(iii) Kerosene.
(iv) Light diesel or No. 2 fuel oil.
(e)
(2) The metering pump is turned off and the time at which the highest reading starts to decrease, the times of reading 37 p.p.m. and 10 p.p.m., and the time of returning to the lowest steady oil content reading are recorded. The oil content of the mixture at the lowest steady reading is also recorded.
(3) The time interval between first detecting oil in the mixture and reading 63 p.p.m., and the time interval between the first decrease in the highest reading and reading 37 p.p.m., are averaged and recorded as the response time for the monitor.
(f)
(i) Time at which the monitor first detects oil.
(ii) Time of reading 100 p.p.m.
(iii) Time of exceeding the highest oil concentration that can be read on the monitor.
(iv) Time of returning to the highest oil concentration that can be read on the monitor.
(v) Time of returning to a reading of 100 p.p.m.
(vi) Time of returning to the lowest steady oil content reading.
(2) The oil content of the mixture at the lowest steady reading described in paragraph (f)(1)(vi) of this section is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with water, zeroed, and then fed with oil for one (1) minute after which the flow of water is resumed. The times described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section are recorded.
(4) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixutre until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(g)
(2) The monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m. mixture to which enough sodium chloride has been added to provide a concentration of 60,000 parts per million of sodium chloride in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m. mixture to which enough of the contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) has been added to provide a concentration of 100 parts per million of particulate contaminant in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is recorded.
(h)
(2) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture that has first passed through the centrifugal pump of the test rig. The pump is run at one fourth (
(3) The steps described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section are repeated with the pump running at one-half (
(i)
(2) The temperature of the mixture is adjusted to 10 °C and the flow continued until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(3) The steps described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section are repeated with the temperature of the mixture at 65 °C or the highest mixture temperature at which the cargo monitor is designed to operate, whichever is lower.
(j)
(2) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the mixture pressure is lowered to one half of the monitor's maximum design pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump, or is not equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is reduced to one-half of the monitor's design flow rate. The reduced flow rate or mixture pressure is maintained until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(3) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the mixture pressure is increased to twice the monitor's design pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or does not have a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is increased to twice the monitor's maximum design flow rate. The increased flow rate or mixture pressure is maintained until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(k)
(2) The water and metering pumps on the test rig are stopped for eight (8) hours after which the steps described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section are repeated.
(l)
(2) The steps described in paragraph (l)(1) of this section are repeated with the supply voltage to the monitor lowered to ninety (90) percent of its design supply voltage.
(3) Upon completing the steps described in paragraph (l)(2) of this section, the supply voltage to the monitor is returned to the design rating.
(4) The steps described in paragraphs (l)(1), (l)(2), and (l)(3) of this section are repeated varying each other power supply to the monitor in the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
(m)
(2) The steps described in paragraph (h)(1) of this section are repeated.
(3) A 100 p.p.m. mixture is fed to the monitor for eight (8) hours. At the end of the eight (8) hour period, an oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(4) The monitor is fed with water until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(n)
(2) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour. An oil content reading is then obtained and recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with water for one (1) hour. An oil content reading is then obtained and recorded.
(4) The steps described in paragraphs (n)(2) and (n)(3) of this section are repeated three (3) additional times. During the last hour in which the monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture, the monitor is inclined at an angle of 22.5° with the plane of its normal operating position.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge monitors.
(b) Each bilge monitor must be designed to meet the requirements of this section and the requirements for a cargo monitor in §§ 162.050-25 (b) through (g) and § 162.050-25(i).
(c) Each bilge monitor must have—
(1) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can be used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when the oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds 15 p.p.m. ±5 p.p.m.;
(2) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can be used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when the oil content of
(3) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can be used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the bilge monitor occurs.
(d) Each bilge monitor must have a device that is designed to record continuously the concentration of oil in p.p.m. that the monitor measures and to record the date and time of the measurements. The record must be durable enough to be kept for three (3) years. If the device has more than one scale, it must have a means to show on the record the scale in use at the time of the reading.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge monitors.
(b)
(2) Except as provided in Test No. 2BM, the oil used in each test must be a heavy fuel oil that has a relative density of approximately 0.94 at 15 °C. and a viscosity of at least 220 centistokes (approximately 900 seconds Redwood No. 1) at 37.8 °C.
(3) The water used in each test must be clean fresh water or clean fresh water in solution with sodium chloride. The water must have a relative density at 15 °C. that is equal to or less than 0.085 plus the relative density of the heavy fuel oil used in the tests.
(c)
(2) The metering and water pumps of the test rig are started and the oil content of the mixture is increased until the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content of the mixture causing actuation is recorded.
(3) The oil content of the mixture is then increased until the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. The oil content of the mixture causing actuation is recorded.
(d)
(e)
(2) The steps in paragraph (l) of this section are repeated using a 100 p.p.m. mixture.
(f)
(i) Time at which the monitor first detects oil.
(ii) Time of actuation of the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(1).
(iii) Time of actuation of the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(2).
(iv) Time of exceeding the highest oil concentration that can be read on the monitor.
(v) Time of returning to the highest oil concentration that can be read on the monitor.
(vi) Time of returning to the lowest steady oil content reading.
(2) The oil content of the mixture at the lowest steady reading described in
(3) The monitor is fed with water, zeroed, and then fed with oil for one (1) minute after which the flow of water is resumed. The times described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section are recorded.
(4) The monitor is fed with a 15 p.p.m. mixture until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(5) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture until a steady oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(g)
(2) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture to which enough sodium chloride has been added to provide a concentration of 60,000 parts per million of sodium chloride in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture to which enough of the contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) has been added to provide a concentration of 20 parts per million of particulate contaiminant in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is recorded.
(h)
(2) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the mixture pressure is lowered to one half of the monitor's maximum design pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or is not equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is reduced to one half of the monitor's maximum design flow rate. After reduction of the pressure or flow rate, the oil content of the mixture is increased until the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
(3) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture until a steady reading is obtained and recorded. The oil content of the mixture is then increased until the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
(4) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the mixture pressure is increased to twice the monitor's maximum design pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or if the monitor is not equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is increased to twice the monitor's maximum design flow rate. After increasing the pressure or flow rate, the oil content of the mixture is increased until the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
(5) The steps described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section are repeated.
(i)
(2) The water and metering pumps on the test rig are stopped for eight (8) hours after which the steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section are repeated.
(j)
(2) The oil content of the mixture is increased until the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
(3) The bilge monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour. At the end of the one (1) hour period, an oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(4) The oil content of the mixture is increased until the device required by § 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
(5) The steps described in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(4) of this section are repeated with the supply voltage to the bilge monitor lowered to ninety (90) percent of its design voltage.
(6) Upon completing the steps described in paragraph (j)(5) of this section, the supply voltage to the monitor is returned to the design rating.
(7) The steps described in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(4) of this section are repeated varying each other power supply to the monitor in the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
(k)
(2) An 80 p.p.m. mixture is fed to the bilge monitor for eight (8) hours. At the end of the eight (8) hour period, an oil content reading is obtained and recorded.
(3) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section are repeated.
(4) The monitor is fed with water until a steady reading is obtained and recorded.
(l)
(2) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour. An oil content reading is then obtained and recorded.
(3) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section are repeated.
(4) The monitor is fed with water for one (1) hour. An oil content reading is then obtained and recorded.
(5) The steps described in paragraphs (l)(2), (l)(3), and (l)(4) of this section are repeated three (3) additional times. During the last time that the step described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section is repeated, the monitor is inclined at an angle of 22.5° with the plane of its normal operating position.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge alarms.
(b) Each bilge alarm must be designed to meet the requirements for a cargo monitor in §§ 162.050-25(b) through (g), § 162.050-25(i), and the requirements in this section.
(c) Each bilge alarm must have a device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can be used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when—
(1) the oil content of the mixture being measured by the bilge alarm exceeds 15 p.p.m. ±5 p.p.m., and
(2) malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the bilge alarm occurs.
(a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge alarms.
(b)
(2) Each test must be performed using a light distillate fuel oil having a relative density of approximately 0.83 at 15 °C.
(3) The oil content of each sample must be measured using the method described in § 162.050-39.
(c)
(d)
(2) The response time of the alarm is calculated as follows:
(e)
(2) If the alarm has a positive displacement mixture pump, the mixture pressure is reduced to one-half (
(3) If the alarm has a positive displacement mixture pump, the influent pressure is increased to twice the alarm's minimum design pressure. If the alarm has a centrifugal mixture pump or if the alarm is not equipped with a mixture pump, the influent flow rate is increased to twice the alarm's maximum design flow rate. After increasing the pressure or flow rate, the oil content in the mixture is increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
(f)
(2) The metering and water pumps of the test rig are stopped for eight (8) hours.
(3) The metering and water pumps are started and the oil content of the mixture is increased until the bilge alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
(g)
(2) The supply voltage to the alarm is lowered to ninety (90) percent of its design suppy voltage. The oil content of the mixture is then increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
(3) Upon completion of the steps described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the supply voltage to the alarm is returned to its design value.
(4) The steps described in paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), and (g)(3) of this section are repeated varying each other power supply to the alarm in the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
(h)
(2) The bilge alarm is fed with a 5 to 10 p.p.m. mixture for eight (8) hours. After eight (8) hours the oil content of the mixture is then increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
(i)
(2) The steps described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are repeated. Water is then fed to the monitor for one (1) hour.
(3) The steps described in paragraph (i)(2) are repeated seven (7) additional times. During the last hour, the alarm must be inclined at an angle of 22.5° with the plane of its normal operating position.
(a) Equipment submitted for Coast Guard approval must first be tested under the conditions prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The test must be performed at an independent laboratory that has the equipment to subject the item under test to the vibrating frequencies and amplitudes prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The test report submitted with the application for Coast Guard approval must be prepared by the laboratory and must contain the test results.
(b) Each monitor and bilge alarm and each control of a separator must be subjected to continuous sinusoidal vibration in each of the following directions for a 4 hour period in each direction:
(1) Vertically up and down.
(2) Horizontally from side to side.
(3) Horizontally from end to end.
The vibrating frequency must be 80Hz, except that the vibrating frequency of equipment that has a resonant frequency between 2Hz and 80Hz must be the resonant frequency. If the vibrating frequency is between 2Hz and 13.2Hz, the displacement amplitude must be ±1mm. If the vibrating frequency is between 13.2Hz and 80 Hz, the acceleration amplitude must be ±[(.7)(gravity)].
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Separatory funnel that is 1000 ml. or more in volume and that has a Teflon stopcock.
(2) Infrared spectrophotometer.
(3) A cell of 5 mm. pathlength that has sodium chloride or infrared grade quartz with a minimum of 80 percent transmittance at 2930 cm
(4) A cell of pathlength longer than 5 mm. that has sodium chloride or infrared grade quartz with a minimum of 80 percent transmittance at 2930 cm
(5) Medium grade filter paper.
(6) 100 ml. glass stoppered volumetric flasks.
(d)
(1) Hydrochloric acid prepared by mixing equal amounts of concentrated, reagent grade hydrochloric acid and distilled water.
(2) Reagent grade sodium chloride.
(3) One of the following solvents:
(i) Spectrographic grade carbon tetrachloride.
(ii) Reagent grade Freon 113, except that this solvent may not be used to analyze samples in approval testing of cargo monitors. (Ucon 113, Genatron 113, or an equivalent fluorocarbon solvent are also acceptable.)
(4) Reference oil, which is the oil used in the portion of the test during which the sample is collected.
(5) Stock reference standard prepared by weighing 0.30 g. of reference oil in a tared 100 ml. volumetric flask and diluting to 100 ml. volume with solvent.
(e)
(f)
(2) The pH of each sample is checked by dipping a glass rod into the sample and touching the rod with pH-sensitive paper to ensure that the pH is 2 or lower. More acid is added if necessary until the pH is 2 or lower. The glass rod is then rinsed in the sample bottle with solvent.
(3) The sample is poured into a separatory funnel and 5 g. of sodium chloride are added.
(4) Fifty (50) ml. of solvent are added to the sample bottle. The bottle is capped tightly and shaken thoroughly to rinse its inside. The contents of the bottle are then transferred to the separatory funnel containing the sample and extracted by shaking vigorously for 2 minutes. The layers are allowed to separate.
(5) The solvent layer is drained through a funnel containing solvent moistened filter paper into a 100 ml. volumetric flask.
(6) Fifty (50) ml. of solvent are added to the sample bottle. The bottle is capped tightly and shaken thoroughly to rinse its inside surface. The contents of the bottle are then transferred to the separatory funnel containing the water layer of the sample. The contents of the separatory funnel are then extracted by shaking vigorously for 2
(7) The tips of the separatory funnel, filter paper, and funnel are rinsed with small portions of solvent and the rinsings are collected in the volumetric flask containing the solvent layer of the sample. The volume is adjusted with solvent up to 100 ml. The flask is then stoppered and its contents are thoroughly mixed.
(8) The water layer remaining in the separatory funnel is drained into a 1000 ml. graduated cylinder and the water volume estimated to the nearest 5 ml.
(g)
(2) A cell is rinsed with two volumes of the solvent layer contained in the volumetric flask. The cell is then completely filled with the solvent layer. A matched cell containing solvent is placed in the reference beam.
(3) If a scanning spectrophotometer is used, the solvent layer in the cell and the calibration standards are scanned from 3200 cm
(4) If the scan is recorded on absorbance paper, a straight baseline of the type described in Figure 162.050-39(g) is constructed. To obtain the net absorbance, the absorbance of the baseline at 2930 cm
(5) If the scan is recorded on transmittance paper, a straight baseline is constructed on the hydrocarbon band plotted on the paper. The net absorbance is:
(6) A plot is prepared for net absorbance vs. oil content of the calibration standards or of the percentages of stock reference standard contained in the calibration standards.
(7) If the net absorbance of a sample determined by the calibration plot exceeds 0.8 or the linear range of the spectrophotometer, a dilution of the solvent layer contained in the volumetric flask after completing the step
(h)
(2) The oil content of the sample is calculated using the following formula:
(3) The results are reported to two significant figures for oil contents below 100 mg/l and to three significant figures for oil contents above 100 mg/l. The results are converted to p.p.m.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 5115; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
(a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production tests for pilot hoists used on merchant vessels.
(b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a pilot hoist designed for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.
(a) This subpart makes reference to the following Coast Guard regulations in this chapter:
(1) Subpart 58.30 (Fluid Power and Control Systems).
(2) Section 94.33-10 (Description of Fleet Angle).
(3) Part 111 (Electrical System, General Requirements).
(4) Subpart 163.003 (Pilot Ladder).
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(1) If the hoist has a rigid ladder, one person; or
(2) If the hoist has a platform, one person per square meter (10.75 sq. ft.) or fraction thereof of platform area (including hatch area);
(b)
(1) The rigid ladder or lift platform, the suspension cables (if any) and the pilot ladder on a pilot hoist; and
(2) 150 kilograms (330 pounds) times the maximum persons capacity of the hoist;
(c)
(1) The suspension cables of the hoist are run out until only three turns of cable remain on each drum; or
(2) If the hoist does not have suspension cables, the ladder or lift platform is in its lowest position.
(a) The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted by, or under the supervision of, an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Corrosion-resistant or must be treated to be corrosion-resistant; and
(2) Galvanically compatible with each other adjoining material.
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(1) Its installation along the edge of a deck at a vertical portion of the hull;
(2) Its installation on the deck in a manner that does not require use of the vessel's side rails for support; and
(3) Unobstructed passage between the ladder or lift platform of the hoist and the deck of a vessel.
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
The term
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(1) The distance between the top of the highest step on the pilot ladder and the surface of the lift platform or top of the bottom rung on the rigid ladder is between 300 and 350 millimeters (12 and 13
(2) The steps of the pilot ladder are directly below and in line with the steps of the rigid ladder or edge of the lift platform; and
(3) The pilot ladder can bear on the side of the vessel when in use.
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(a) Each pilot hoist must have sufficient performance capability to pass the approval tests in § 163.002-21.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(b)
(c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(i) The standard step must have a surface of clean oak that meets § 163.003-11(b) of this chapter and that is 115 mm (4
(ii) The standard step must be set in a level position. A metal block must be
(iii) The end of the step that has the metal block on it must be slowly raised until the block starts to slide. The angle of the step in this position must be measured and recorded. The step and block must then be placed under water and the procedure repeated.
(iv) The procedure in paragraph (c)(12)(iii) of this section must be repeated using a rigid ladder rung in place of the standard step.
(v) The ladder rung must then be secured in a horizontal position with a block resting on its stepping surface. The block must be of a size similar to the one used in the previous tests and have the same shoe sole surface used in the previous tests. The block must be arranged to apply a vertical load of 40 kg (88 lb.) to the rung. The block must be then moved back and forth in the same line from one end of the stepping surface to the other. This must be done for a total of 1,500 cycles.
(vi) The rung must again be tested as described in paragraph (c)(12)(iii) of this section, except that the initial position of the block must be on a part of the stepping surface that was subjected to the 1,500 cycles of rubbing.
(vii) The angles at which the block starts to slide on a wet and dry ladder rung when tested under paragraphs (c)(12)(iv) and (c)(12)(vi) of this section must be equal to or greater than the corresponding angles measured for the standard step when tested under paragraph (c)(12)(iii) of this section.
(a) Each pilot hoist manufactured under Coast Guard approval must have a corrosion-resistant nameplate. The nameplate must contain the—
(1) Name of the manufacturer;
(2) Manufacturer's brand or model designation;
(3) Working load;
(4) Lift height;
(5) Maximum persons capacity;
(6) Hoist serial number;
(7) Date of manufacture; and
(8) Coast Guard approval number.
(b) The hoist must be permanently and legibly marked with the name of the laboratory that conducted the production tests.
Each pilot hoist manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be tested as prescribed in § 163.002-21(c)(9) and subpart 159.007 of this chapter. The tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory. If the hoist fails the tests its defects must be corrected and retested until it passes. The laboratory must also conduct the visual examination described in § 163.002-21(b). The hoist may not be sold as Coast Guard approved unless it passes testing and unless each defect discovered in the visual examination is corrected
(a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production tests for a pilot ladder used on a merchant vessel to embark and disembark pilots and other persons when away from the dock.
(b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a pilot ladder designed for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.
The following standard of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) is incorporated by reference into this subpart: ASTM D 1435-94, Standard Practice for Outdoor Weathering of Plastics. You may obtain this standard from the Society at 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted by or
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(1) Each suspension member must be continuous from the top of the ladder to the bottom and must not be painted or otherwise coated or covered.
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section—
(i) The top end of one suspension member on each side of the ladder must extend at least 3 m (10 ft.) beyond the top ladder step; and
(ii) The top ends of the other suspension members must be just above the top step and must have an eye splice or thimble large enough to fit two passes of a suspension member.
(3) The top end of each suspension member that does not have an eye splice or thimble must be served or treated to prevent fraying.
(4) Each pair of suspension members must be clamped together both above and below each step. Marline seizing may not be used.
(5) The clear space between the suspension members on one side of a ladder and those on the other side must be at least 400 mm (16 in.), but not more than 480 mm (19 in.).
(6) The suspension members must not have fittings at the bottom of the ladder that can be used for attaching additional ladder sections.
(c)
(1) The four lowest steps must be molded steps and the rest of the steps must be either wooden or molded steps.
(2) The top face of each step must have a rectangular surface that is at least 115 mm (4
(3) Each step at its thinnest point must be at least 25 mm (1 in.) thick and in determining this thickness, the depth of the grooves in the non-skid surface and the diameter of any hole extending from one side of the step to the other must not be counted.
(4) Each step must be at least 480 mm (19 in.) long.
(5) Each step must be designed so that it can be removed and replaced without unstringing the ladder. If special replacement steps are made to meet this requirement, the replacement steps must meet the requirements of this section.
(6) If a step has grooves for its suspension members, the grooves must be in the sides of the steps.
(7) The spacing from the top of one step to the top of the next step must be uniform and this spacing must be between 300 mm (12 in.) and 350 mm (13
(8) Each step must be a bright orange color, except that this color is not required for the non-skid surface. If a step is painted, it must be painted with a two-part epoxy paint intended for marine use, or a paint of equivalent durability.
(9) The height of each device attached to the step for securing the suspension members must not be more than one-half the width of the step so that the step is not prevented from rolling if the ladder is caught between a pilot boat and the hull of the vessel.
(10) Each replacement step must be either white or yellow instead of the orange color required under paragraph (c)(8) of this section, and must have the special marking required in § 163.003-25(b).
(d)
(1) Each spreader must be at least 1.8 m (70 in.) long.
(2) The spreaders must be positioned at intervals of not more than 9 steps.
(3) The lowest spreader on a ladder must be on the fifth step from the bottom.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) Each pilot ladder must be capable of being rolled up for storage.
(b) Each ladder when rolled up must be able to unroll freely and hang vertically.
(c) Each suspension member must be arranged so that, when the ladder is in use on a vessel, the suspension member cannot come in contact with the vessel's side.
(d) Each step must be arranged so that it can bear on the side of the vessel when the ladder is in use.
(a) Each pilot ladder must be designed to pass the approval tests in § 163.003-21.
(b) [Reserved]
(a)
(b)
(c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i) The standard step must have a surface of clean oak that meets S/163.003-11(b) and that is 115 mm (4
(ii) The standard step must be set in a level position. A metal block must be placed on one end of the step so that the block is in contact with the stepping surface. The metal block must weigh between 1.5 kg (3.3 lb.) and 3.0 kg (6.6 lb.) and must not be more than 100 mm (4 in.) wide by 135 mm (5
(iii) The end of the step that has the metal block on it must be slowly raised until the block starts to slide. The angle of the step in this position must be measured and recorded. The step
(iv) The procedure in paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of this section must be repeated using a pilot ladder step in place of the standard step.
(v) The ladder step must then be secured in a horizontal position with a block resting on its stepping surface. The block must be of a size similar to the one used in the previous tests and have the same shoe sole surface used in the previous tests. The block must be arranged to apply a vertical load of 40 kg (88 lb.) to the step. The block must be then moved back and forth in the same line from one end of the stepping surface to the other. This must be done for a total of 1,500 cycles.
(vi) The step must again be tested as described in paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of this section, except that the initial position of the block must be on a part of the stepping surface that was subjected to the 1,500 cycles of rubbing.
(vii) The angles at which the block starts to slide on a wet and dry ladder step when tested under paragraphs (c)(6)(iv) and (c)(6)(vi) of this section must be equal to or greater than the corresponding angles measured for the standard step when tested under paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of this section.
(a) Each pilot ladder step manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the bottom with—
(1) The name of the manufacturer;
(2) The manufacturer's brand or model designation;
(3) The lot number or date of manufacture; and
(4) The Coast Guard approval number.
(b) In addition to the markings required under paragraph (a) of this section each step sold as a replacement step must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked with the words “REPLACEMENT STEP ONLY.”
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Processed kapok shall be of but one grade as in this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The raw kapok fiber shall be long, clean, creamy white in color, lustrous, free from discoloration and adulteration with other fiber, and of a quality equal to that grown in Java.
(b) Kapok shall be processed by teasing in a machine using the air-blow method. Mechanical separation of fiber masses is permitted, but machines using violent beating which breaks down the fibers or causes undue powdering or pulverizing are not permitted. Provision shall be made for trapping seeds and heavy objects in gravity traps and the dust or powder in an efficient dust collector.
(c) Processed kapok shall have a buoyancy in fresh water of at least 48 pounds per cubic foot when tested in accordance with § 164.003-4(d). Rejected kapok shall not be used in lifesaying products inspected by the Coast Guard.
(d) The processed kapok shall contain not more than 5 percent by weight of sticks, seeds, dirt or other foreign material and shall be free from objectionable odor and adulteration with other fibers.
(a) Kapok fibers to be used in a finished product subject to inspection by the Coast Guard shall be subject to inspection and tests at the plant of the manufacturer of such product, who shall furnish the necessary testing tank, test cages, and scales.
(b) Acceptance of kapok prior to being incorporated into finished products, or during the course of manufacture, shall in no case be construed as a guarantee of the acceptance of the finished product.
(c) Not less than a one-pound sample from each 1,000 pounds of kapok shall be tested for buoyancy by the inspector. At his discretion, the inspector may select additional samples for tests if deemed advisable.
(d) The buoyancy test shall be made with 16 ounces of processed kapok uniformly packed in a rigid wire box or cage with metal reinforced edges, and submerged by weights in a tank of fresh water to a depth of 12 inches below the surface of the water, measurement made to the top of box, for 48 hours. The test box shall be cylindrical in shape, and as nearly as practicable
(e) Kapok fiber shall, at the option of the inspector, be subjected to a microscopic examination to detect adulteration with other fiber.
(f) Processed kapok shall, at the option of the inspector, be subjected to separation of kapok fibers from foreign matter by hand, the portions of each weighed, and percentage of foreign
(a) Processed kapok is not subject to formal approval, but will be accepted by the inspector on the basis of this subpart for use in the manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Deck coverings shall be of but one grade as specified in this subpart, and shall be known as “an approved deck covering.”
(b) [Reserved]
(a) It is the intent of this specification to obtain a deck covering made largely of incombustible materials with low heat transmission qualities which will produce a minimum of smoke when exposed to high temperatures.
(b) Deck coverings shall be of such a quality as to successfully pass all of the tests set forth in § 164.006-4.
(a) All tests shall be conducted at the National Bureau of Standards or other laboratories designated by the Coast Guard.
(b)
(2) Instantaneous values of the percent of light transmission shall be calculated from the observations noted in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. A plot of light transmission values shall be made using straight lines between instantaneous values.
(3) Any instantaneous value of 10 percent light transmission or less shall be considered sufficient cause for rejection of a deck covering.
(4) Average values of light transmission shall be calculated for 15, 30, and 60 minutes. Averages shall be an arithmetic mean with values taken at one minute intervals from the plotted curve noted in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. If any of the three average values of light transmission is less than the values set forth below, it will be considered sufficient cause for rejection of a deck covering:
(c)
(2) Data from these tests shall be analyzed to determine the thicknesses necessary to limit the average temperature rise on the unexposed surface to 250 degrees F. above the original temperature at the end of 15, 30, and 60 minutes.
(3) Excessive cracking, buckling, or disintegration may be considered cause for rejection.
(d)
(e)
(2) Manufacturers of approved deck coverings shall maintain quality control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished product so as to meet the requirements of this specification, and any other conditions outlined on the certificate of approval, but the Coast Guard also reserves the right to make spot-check tests of approved deck coverings at any time on samples selected by a marine inspector at the place of manufacture or samples obtained from other sources in the field. The manufacturer will incur no expense for such tests, but the results shall be binding upon the approval of his product. The manufacturer will be advised in advance of the time of testing of the samples selected and may witness the tests if he so desires.
(a) If a manufacturer desires to have a deck covering approved, a request shall be presented to the Commandant of the Coast Guard, together with the following information:
(1) The trade name and designation of the deck covering.
(2) The range of thicknesses in which it is proposed to lay the deck covering together with any information the manufacturer may have as to maximum or minimum thicknesses.
(3) Description of method of attachment to or protection of the steel deck together with the trade name and designation of adhesive or protective coating if used.
(4) A sample of the molded deck covering at least 6 inches square and
(b) The material submitted will be examined and the manufacturer advised as to the number and thicknesses of samples to be submitted together with the estimated cost of the tests.
(c) If the deck covering is indicated as being suitable, the manufacturer shall then submit the following:
(1) Two samples of each thickness to be tested laid in the manner designated on a
(2) Sufficient bulk material (unmixed) to lay a sample one inch thick on an area of 12″×27″. If an adhesive or protective coating is used, a liberal sample shall be supplied.
(3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the tests, he should so indicate at this time.
(4) A commitment that he will reimburse the National Bureau of Standards for the cost of the tests when billed by them.
(d) The above material will be submitted to the National Bureau of Standards by the Coast Guard for testing. The tests noted in § 164.006-4 will be conducted and a report submitted to the Coast Guard.
(e) A copy of the test report will be forwarded to the manufacturer and he will be advised if his material is approved under this specification, and if approved, in what thicknesses it may be laid, and in what thicknesses it must be laid to meet the requirements for Class A-60 decks without the use of any other insulating material. If approved, this information will be published in the
(a)
(1) Coast Guard specification:
Subpart 164.009 of this part, Incombustible Materials for Merchant Vessels.
(b)
(c)
(1) The Coast Guard specification may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
The purpose of this specification is to set forth tests necessary to measure the insulation value of structural insulation specimens under fire exposure conditions. The tests are not intended to measure the integrity of structural components of an assembly Insulation meeting this specification is adequate to limit the average temperature rise of a steel bulkhead to 139 °C. (250 °F.) at the end of a 60-minute standard fire test.
(a) Structural insulation shall be of such quality as to successfully meet the requirements for an incombustible material as set forth in subpart 164.009 of this part.
(b) Structural insulation shall be of such quality and thickness as to successfully pass all of the tests set forth in § 164.007-4, and the retests required by § 164.007-8.
(c) The product shall be so marked as to be readily identifiable to an inspector in the field. The marking shall include the Coast Guard approval number.
(a)
(b)
(2) Transfer to a previously dried and weighed wide-mouth weighing bottle provided with a glass stopper. Remove the stopper and heat the bottle and sample at 105° ±5 °C. (221° ±9 °F.) for 4 hours, insert the stopper, cool and weigh. Calculate the content of moisture and other volatiles as percent of the final dry weight of the sample.
(c)
(2) Representative samples of the structural insulation, of a thickness or thicknesses and density as specified in § 164.007-9(a)(5), shall be tested as part of an assembly which forms a portion of a vertical wall of a furnace. The assembly shall be at least 100 cm. × 150 cm. (40″×60″) in size. More than one sample may be tested, see § 164.007-7.
(3) The specimens shall be attached to a 5 ±0.3 mm. (
(d)
(2) The furnace temperature shall be continuously controlled so as to follow the standard time-temperature curve within the accuracy specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(3) The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve drawn through the following points:
(4) The accuracy of the furnace control shall be such that the area under the mean time-temperature curve is within 15 percent of the area under the standard time-temperature curve during the first 10 minutes of the test, within 10 percent during the first one-half hour, and within 5 percent for any period after the first one-half hour. At any time after the first 10 minutes of the test the mean furnace temperature shall not differ from the standard curve by more than 100 °C. (180 °F.). Consideration will be given to adjusting the results for variation of the furnace exposure from that prescribed. If corrections are made, they shall be in accordance with the procedures set forth in the ASTM E-119.
(e)
(f)
(i) One thermocouple located approximately in the center of each quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total).
(ii) One thermocouple close to the center of the steel plate.
(iii) One thermocouple in way of or as close as possible to one of the pins or other through metallic connections (if any) used for holding the insulation in place.
(iv) Further thermocouples at the discretion of the testing laboratory or Coast Guard for the purpose of determining the temperature at points deemed likely to give a greater temperature rise than any of the above-mentioned thermocouples.
(2) The average temperature rise on the unexposed surface shall be obtained by averaging the readings of the thermocouples mentioned in paragraphs (f)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section.
(g)
(h)
The insulation value of the specimens for the full scale test shall be such that the average temperature of the thermocouples on the unexposed surface described in § 164.007-4(f)(2) will not rise more than 139 °C. (250 °F.) above the initial temperature, nor will the temperature at any one point on the surface, including any through metallic connection, rise more than 181 °C. (325 °F.) above the original temperature at the end of 60 minutes. The results obtained on the small scale test 2′×2′ (60 cm. × 60 cm.) shall be recorded.
(a) The test report required shall contain at least the following:
(1) Name of manufacturer.
(2) Purpose of test.
(3) Test conditions and date of test.
(4) Description of the panel tested giving the details of the assembly comprising a steel plate, insulation (thickness and density) spacer strips and fastening and the method of mounting the panel assembly in the test furnace.
(5) Complete time-temperature data, including initial temperature, for each thermocouple together with curves of average temperature for the unexposed surface of the insulation and the thermocouple recording the highest temperature. In addition, for § 164.007-9(g)(2), complete time-temperature data consisting of a numerical time-temperature table for each furnace and each surface of insulation thermocouple together with the initial temperature of each thermocouple.
(6) A log maintained by the owner relative to deflections, cracking or loosening of the insulation, smoke or gas emission, glow, flame emission, and any other important data. The time of each observation should be noted.
(7) Photographs of both sides of the panel before and after testing.
(8) Summary of test results.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) When only one sample is tested, the results of the test shall be binding and no analysis by the Coast Guard will be undertaken.
(b) When more than one sample of the same density material is tested simultaneously and the results are not exact, the Coast Guard may analyze the results. Data from the tests may be analyzed to determine the minimum thickness to meet the requirements of § 164.007-5(a).
(c) Consideration will be given to correction for inaccurate furnace control in accordance with § 164.007-4(d)(4).
(a) Manufacturers of approved structural insulation shall maintain quality control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished product utilizing appropriate quality control testing so as to meet the requirements of this specification, and any
(1) The Coast Guard may detail a marine inspector or other Coast Guard designated inspector at any time to visit any place where structural insulation is manufactured to conduct any inspections or examinations deemed advisable and to select representative samples for further examination, inspection, or tests. The inspector shall be admitted to any place where work is done on structural insulation or component materials.
(2) At a frequency of not less than once every 5 years following issuance of approval, samples of an approved material selected from production stock shall be forwarded by the inspector to the Commandant for testing in accordance with the requirements of this subpart. Where the plant is outside the jurisdiction of a Coast Guard District Commander, the frequency of such testing shall be once every 2 years. The cost of such testing shall be borne by the manufacturer. The nature of the product or its production may dictate a differing retest frequency.
(3) The Coast Guard reserves the right to make spot-check tests of approved structural insulation at any time on samples selected by a marine inspector obtained during installation on a vessel. The manufacturer will incur no expense for such tests, but the results, shall be binding upon the approval of his product.
(b) A small scale furnace test (2′×2′ furnace test 60 cm. × 60 cm.) shall be conducted. The time of failure shall not vary from the original small scale test values by more than 10 percent. In addition tests shall be conducted to determine incombustibility (§ 164.009), density and thickness. Values of retesting for density and thickness shall not vary from the original test values by more than 10 percent.
The following items shall be accomplished in sequential order.
(a)
(1) If the material has already been approved as an incombustible material under subpart 164.009 of this part, the approval number of the material shall be indicated. If not, the procedure set forth in subpart 164.009 of this part shall be followed; and such approval shall be obtained prior to submittal under this specification.
(2) A description and trade name of the structural insulation.
(3) A statement of the composition of the material and the percentage of each component.
(4) A sample of the material at least 1 foot square in the thickness and density proposed by the manufacturer to be tested. When more than one thickness of a material of the same density is to be tested, only a sample of a single thickness need be submitted.
(5) The range of thicknesses and densities in which it is proposed to manufacture or use the material together with any information or recommendations that the manufacturer may have as to maximum or minimum thickness or density.
(6) The location of the place or places where the material will be manufactured.
(7) Description of attachment to or protection of the bulkhead or deck. If an adhesive is used, a liberal sample shall be supplied.
(8) A sketch showing typical installation methods and indicating limitations if any.
(9) A general statement describing manufacturing procedures indicating the degree of quality control exercised and the degree of inspection performed by outside organizations.
(10) A statement indicating proposed methods for field identification of the products as being approved. Identification shall include the Coast Guard approval numbers.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) A statement that the material is offered for testing as described pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section is completely representative of the product which will be manufactured and sold under U.S. Coast Guard approval if such approval is granted and that the shipbuilder will be advised of the proper installation methods and the limitations of the approval.
(2) A commitment that he will reimburse the National Bureau of Standards for the cost or review of the tests when billed by them.
(3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the test, he should so indicate at this time.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(2) The laboratory shall submit four copies of a detailed test report to the Coast Guard together with representative samples of the material taken before and after testing. The test report and samples will be examined by the National Bureau of Standards for compliance with this subpart. The test report shall include the information required by § 164.007-6 together with any other pertinent data.
(a)
(1) Coast Guard specification:
(b)
(c)
(1) The Coast Guard specification may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(a) Bulkhead panel material shall be of such quality as to successfully meet the requirements for an incombustible material as set forth in subpart 164.009 of this part.
(b) Bulkhead panels used in Class B-15 construction and as a component in Class A-30 or Class A-15 construction shall meet the thermal insulation requirements of § 164.008-4(a) for at least 15 minutes, and the integrity requirements of § 164.008-4(b) for at least 30 minutes.
(c) Bulkhead panels for use as a component in Class A-60 construction shall meet the thermal insulation requirements of § 164.008-4(a) for at least 15 minutes and the integrity requirements of § 164.008-4(b) for at least 60 minutes.
(d) The product shall be so marked as to be readily identifiable to an inspector in the field. The marking shall include the Coast Guard approval number.
(e) The specimen to be tested shall be representative of the typical installation on board a vessel and any limitations shall be shown on the sketch required by § 164.008-7(a)(7).
(f) The bulkhead panel shall successfully pass the retests required by § 164.008-6.
(a)
(b)
(2) The specimens shall be mounted in the furnace in a vertical position in such a way as to give an exposed surface of at least 4.65 square meters (50 square feet) and a height of at least 2.44 meters (8 feet).
(3) The specimen shall be supported at the top and secured on the vertical sides and at the bottom in a manner representative of conditions in service. If provision for movement at the edges of a bulkhead panel is made for a particular construction in service, the specimen should stimulate these conditions.
(4) The method of securing shall be such that there is no possibility of misinterpretation of test results due to the passage of flame at the edges of the specimen when the method of fixing is not the subject of the test.
(c)
(2) The furnace temperature shall be continuously controlled so as to follow the standard time-temperature curve within the accuracy specified in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
(3) The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve drawn through the following points:
(4) The accuracy of the furnace control shall be such that the area under the mean time-temperature curve is within 15 percent of the area under the standard curve during the first 10 minutes of the test, within 10 percent during the first one-half hour, and within 5 percent for any period after the first one-half hour. At any time after the first 10 minutes of the test the mean furnace temperature shall not differ from the standard curve by more than 100 °C. (180 °F.). Consideration will be given to adjusting the results for variation of the furnace exposure from that prescribed. If corrections are made, they shall be in accordance with the procedures set forth in ASTM E-119.
(5) The pressure in the furnace shall be equal to that in the laboratory at about one-third of the height of the specimen.
(d)
(e)
(2) The cotton wool used for the tests prescribed in § 164.008-4(b) shall consist of new undyed soft fibers without any admixture of artificial fibers, and shall be free from thread, leaf, and shell fiber dust. A suitable material for this purpose is sold in the form of rolls for surgical use. A pad shall be cut measuring 10 cm. × 10 cm. approximately 2 cm. thick and weighing between 3 and 4 grams. It shall be oven-dried prior to the test. The pad shall be attached by means of wire clips to a 10 cm. × 10 cm. frame of 1 mm. diameter. A wire handle approximately 75 cm. long attached to the frame would facilitate its use on the specimen.
(3) When testing for cracks or openings during the test, the pad shall be held in a vertical position facing the crack or opening with the aperture located in a central part of the cotton wool. The pad may be reused if it has not absorbed any moisture or become charred during the previous application.
(f)
(i) One thermocouple located approximately in the center of each quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total).
(ii) One thermocouple close to the center of the test specimen, but away from the joint, if any.
(iii) At least one thermocouple at the vertical joint of the test specimen.
(iv) Further thermocouples at the discretion of the testing laboratory or Coast Guard for the purpose of determining the temperature at points deemed likely to give a greater temperature rise than any of the above mentioned thermocouples.
(2) The average temperature rise on the unexposed surface shall be obtained by averaging the readings of the thermocouples mentioned in paragraphs (f)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section.
(g)
(h)
(a) Thermal insulation: The insulation value of the specimens for the full scale test shall be such that the average temperature of thermocouples on the unexposed surface described in § 164.008-3(f)(2) will not rise more than 139 °C. (250 °F.) above the initial temperature, nor will the temperature at any point on the surface, including any joint, rise more than 225 °C. (405 °F.) above the initial temperature at the end of 15 minutes. When failure is due to excessive temperature rise on the joint, consideration will be given to alternate joint construction. The results obtained on the small scale test (2′×2′) (60 cm. × 60 cm.) shall be recorded.
(b) The test shall determine the length of time, up to one hour, that the bulkhead panel, including the joint can withstand the passage of flame. Cracks and openings shall not be such as to lead to flaming of a cotton wool test pad as prescribed in § 164.008-3(e)(3) held facing the aperture at about 25 mm. for a period of 30 seconds. If no flaming occurs, the pad shall be removed and reapplied after a suitable interval.
(a) The test report required by § 164.008-7 (e) and (g) shall include at least the following:
(1) Name of manufacturer.
(2) Purpose of test.
(3) Test conditions and date of test.
(4) Description of the panel tested giving size, thickness, density, detail of joint and method of assembling in test furnace.
(5) Complete time-temperature data, including initial temperature, for each thermocouple together with curves of average temperature for the unexposed surface of the insulation and the thermocouple recording the highest temperature. In addition, for § 164.008-7(g)(2) complete time-temperature data consisting of a numerical time-temperature table for each furnace and each surface of insulation thermocouple together with the initial temperature of each thermocouple.
(6) A log setting forth the observer's notes relative to deflections, smoke or gas emission, glow, flame emission, and any other important data. The time of each observation should be noted.
(7) Complete observations on the appearance of cracks and data on the testing of the cracks as specified in § 164.008-4(b).
(8) Photographs of both sides of the panel before and after testing.
(9) Summary of test results.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Manufacturers of approved bulkhead panels shall maintain quality control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished product utilizing appropriate quality control testing so as to meet the requirements of this specification, and any other conditions outlined on the certificate of approval. Bulkhead panels are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, approved bulkhead panels are subject to retest for continued compliance with the requirements of this subpart on the following basis:
(1) The Coast Guard may detail a marine inspector or other Coast Guard designated inspector at any time to visit any place where bulkhead panels are manufactured to conduct any inspections or examinations deemed advisable and to select representative samples for further examination, inspection, or tests. The inspector shall
(2) At a frequency of not less than once every 5 years following issuance of approval, samples of an approved bulkhead panel selected from production stock shall be forwarded by the inspector to the Commandant for testing in accordance with the requirements of this subpart. Where the plant is outside the jurisdiction of a Coast Guard District Commander, the frequency of such selection and testing shall be every 2 years. The cost of such testing shall be borne by the manufacturer. The nature of the product or its production may dictate a differing retest frequency.
(3) The Coast Guard reserves the right to make spot-check tests of approved bulkhead panels at any time on samples selected by a marine inspector obtained during installation on a vessel. The manufacturer will incur no expense for such tests, but the results shall be binding upon the approval of his product.
(b) A small scale furnace test (2′×2′ furnace test) shall be conducted. The time of failure shall not vary from the original (2′×2′ furnace) test values by more than 10 percent. In addition, tests shall be conducted to determine incombustibility (§ 164.009), density and thickness. Values on retesting for density and thickness shall not vary from the original test values by more than 10 percent.
The following items shall be accomplished in sequential order.
(a)
(1) If the material has already been approved as an “Incombustible Material” under subpart 164.009 of this part, the approval number of the material shall be indicated. If not, the procedure set forth in subpart 164.009 of this part shall be followed; and such approval shall be obtained prior to submittal under this specification.
(2) The description and trade name of the bulkhead panel.
(3) A statement of the composition of the material and the percentage of each component.
(4) A sample of the material at least 1 foot square in each thickness and density of the material as manufactured.
(5) The range of thicknesses and/or densities in which it is proposed to manufacture or use the material, together with any information or recommendations the manufacturer may have as maximum or minimum thickness or density.
(6) The location of the place or places where the material will be manufactured.
(7) A sketch showing typical installation methods and indicating limtations, if any.
(8) A general statement describing manufacturing procedures indicating the degree of quality control exercised and the degree of inspection performed by outside organizations.
(9) A statement indicating proposed methods for field identification of the products as being approved. Identification shall include the Coast Guard approval number.
(b)
(c)
(1) One representative panel of the material having a surface approximately 4.65 square meters (50 square feet) and a height of 2.44 meters (8 feet) containing at least one vertical joint, located at approximately one-third panel width from one edge (20-24
(d)
(1) A statement that the material as offered for testing and as described pursuant to § 164.008-6(a)(3) is completely representative of the product which will be manufactured and sold under U.S. Coast Guard approval if such approval is granted and that the shipbuilder will be advised of the proper installation methods and the limitations of the conditions of approval.
(2) A commitment from the manufacturer that he will reimburse the National Bureau of Standards for the cost of the tests or review when billed by them.
(3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the test, he should so indicate at this time.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(2) The laboratory shall submit four copies of a detailed test report to the Coast Guard, together with representative samples of the material being taken before and after testing. The test report and samples will be examined by the National Bureau of Standards for compliance with this subpart. The test report shall include the information required by § 164.008-5 together with any other pertinent data.
(a) This subpart contains—
(1) Procedures for approval of noncombustible materials used in merchant vessel construction;
(2) The test and measurements required for approval of materials; and
(3) A list of noncombustible materials for which specific approval under this subpart is not required.
(b) The test and measurements described in this subpart are conducted by a laboratory designated by the Commandant. The following laboratories are so designated:
The following noncombustible materials may be used in merchant vessel construction though not specifically approved under this subpart:
(a) Sheet glass, block glass, clay, ceramics, and uncoated fibers.
(b) All metals, except magnesium and magnesium alloys.
(c) Portland cement, gypsum, and magnesite concretes having aggregates of only sand, gravel, expanded vermiculite, expanded or vesicular slags, diatomaceous silica, perlite, or pumice.
(d) Woven, knitted or needle punched glass fabric containing no additives other than lubricants not exceeding 2.5 percent.
An application for approval of a material under this subpart must contain the following:
(a) The trade name of the material.
(b) The thickness or density, or both, of the material, or the range of thicknesses or densities, or both, of the material as manufactured.
(c) The composition of the material.
(d) The density and percentage of moisture and volatile matter of each component of the material.
(e) The address of the factory manufacturing the material.
(f) A sample representative of the material that is 305 mm long and 305 mm wide and that has a height equal to the largest thickness of the material as manufactured.
(g) If the applicant intends to observe the test and measurements of the sample, a statement to that effect.
(h) A commitment by the applicant to pay for the cost of the test and measurements when billed by the designated laboratory.
(a) An application for approval of a material under this subpart must be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) The application is examined by the Coast Guard to determine the probability that the material meets the requirements for approval. The Coast Guard notifies the applicant of the results of the examination and of the sample size necessary for submission to the designated laboratory.
(c) The designated laboratory notifies the applicant of the time and place for submission and testing of the sample.
(d) The designated laboratory conducts the tests and measurements of the sample in accordance with the procedures in this subpart, prepares a test report, and sends four copies of the report to the Commandant (G-MSE). The applicant may observe the test and measurements.
(e) The Commandant sends a copy of the test report to the applicant and advises him whether the material is approved. If the material is approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant.
(a) The test furnace apparatus consists of a furnace tube, stabilizer, draft shield, furnace stand, temperature coil controls with a voltage stabilizer, specimen holder, specimen insertion device, and three thermocouples (a furnace thermocouple to measure furnace temperature, a surface thermocouple to measure temperature at the surface of a specimen, and a specimen thermocouple to measure temperature at the center of a specimen). A detailed plan of the construction and arrangement of the furnace apparatus may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE).
(b) Temperatures measured by the thermocouples are recorded by an instrument having a measuring range that corresponds to the temperature changes that occur during a furnace calibration or test. The temperature recording equipment is accurate to within at least 0.5 percent of temperatures recorded during a test.
A calibration is performed on each new furnace and on each existing furnace as often as necessary to ensure that the furnace is in good working order. In each calibration the energy input to the furnace is adjusted so that the furnace thermocouple gives a steady reading of 750 ±10 °C. The wall temperature of the furnace tube is then measured by an optical micro-pyrometer at intervals of 10mm on 3 equally spaced vertical axes. The furnace is correctly calibrated if the temperature of the furnace tube wall is between 825 and 875 °C. 50 mm above and below the midline of the wall and if the average wall temperature is approximately 850 °C.
(a)
(b)
(2) If the height of the sample, except a composite material, is less than 47 mm, the specimens prepared consist of layers of the sample.
(3) If the sample is a composite material and has a height that is not 50 ±3mm, the layers of the specimen prepared are proportional in thickness to the layers of the sample.
(4) The top and bottom faces of each specimen prepared are the faces of the material as manufactured.
(5) If it is not practicable to prepare a specimen by the procedures described in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(4) of this section, the test is performed on five specimens of each component of the sample made to the dimensions prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(1) The highest temperature recorded for each specimen during the test by the furnace thermocouple, when averaged with the highest temperatures recorded for the other specimens, is not more than 50 °C. above the stabilized furnace temperature.
(2) The highest temperature recorded for each specimen during the test by the surface thermocouple, when averaged with the highest temperatures recorded for the other specimens, is not more than 50 °C. above the stabilized furnace temperature.
(3) The duration of flaming of each specimen during the test, when averaged with duration of flaming recorded for the other specimens, is not more than 10 seconds.
(4) The average weight loss of the specimens after heating is not more than 50 percent of their average weight after conditioning.
(l)
(1) Five cylindrical specimens in addition to the five cylindrical specimens required in paragraph (b) of this section are prepared as described in paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Each of the additional specimens is placed on a weighing dish and both the specimen and the weighing dish are conditioned as described in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) The weight of each specimen and its weighing dish is determined as described in paragraph (d) of this section.
(4) After a specimen and weighing dish are conditioned and weighed, they are placed in the specimen holder with the specimen supported by weighing dish. No specimen thermocouple or surface thermocouple is attached to the specimen.
(5) The apparatus is prepared as described in paragraph (g) of this section, and after the furnace temperature has stabilized for at least 10 minutes, the specimen and weighing dish are inserted into the furnace. The specimen and weighing dish are then heated for 20 minutes or until peak temperatures have passed. At the end of the heating period, the specimen and weighing dish are removed from the furnace and weighed while still hot.
(6) The average weight loss of the specimens after heating may not be more than 50 percent of their average weight before heating.
(a) The measurements described in this section are made to determine the density of a sample.
(b) If the sample is a solid material, a specimen that has a length of 305 mm, a width of 305 mm, and thickness equal to that of the sample is prepared. The length and width are measured to the nearest 0.80 mm and the thickness to the nearest 0.25 mm. Allowance is made for any irregularity in the surfaces of the specimen. The average of at least four measurements of each dimension is determined.
(c) If the sample is fibrous insulation, a specimen is prepared from sheets of the sample submitted. The sample is a cube and each dimension is 305 mm ±1.60 mm. The average of at least four measurements of each dimension is determined.
(d) The weight of a specimen is determined with a sensitive balance scale accurate to at least 0.5 percent of the weight of the specimen.
(e) The dimension and weight measurements of a specimen are made after it has been conditioned for at least one week, and for any additional time needed for the specimen to reach a constant weight, in an atmosphere that is 22.8 °C. ±2 °C. and 50 percent ±5 percent relative humidity.
(a) The measurements described in this section are made to determine the
(b) A specimen cut from the density specimen of a sample is conditioned for at least one week, and for any additional time needed for the specimen to reach a constant weight, in an atmosphere that is 22.8 °C. ±2 °C., and 50 percent ±5 percent relative humidity. The conditioned specimen is then weighed and transferred to a previously weighed wide mouth weighing bottle that has a glass stopper. With the stopper removed, the bottle, stopper, and specimen are heated at 105 °C. ±5 °C. for four hours. After four hours, the stopper is inserted in the bottle and the bottle and sample are cooled and weighed.
(c) The content of moisture and volatile matter is the difference between the two weighings and is reported as a percentage of the weight of the conditioned specimen.
The laboratory report of the test and measurements of a material contains the following:
(a) Name of the designated laboratory.
(b) Name of manufacturer of the material.
(c) Date of receipt of the material and dates of the test and measurements.
(d) Trade name of the material.
(e) Description of the material.
(f) Density of the sample.
(g) Percentage of moisture and volatile matter in the sample.
(h) Description of the specimens tested if the specimens are prepared from composite material.
(i) If the test was done on individual components of the sample, a description of the components.
(j) Test results including the following:
(1) Complete time and temperature data for each thermocouple.
(2) Each observation of flame emission and the time and duration of each emission.
The Coast Guard does not inspect noncombustible materials approved under this subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which a factory is located may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit a factory where a noncombustible material is manufactured to conduct an inspection of the manufacturing and quality control procedures and to select representative samples of the material for examination or tests to verify that the material is as stated in the original application for approval. The manufacturer is advised in advance of the time of testing samples selected and may witness the tests upon request.
The manufacturer must mark each shipping container for an approved noncombustible material with the approval number and date of approval of the material.
(a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the contract date for the particular installation on any vessel, form a part of this subpart:
(1) American Society for Testing Materials' standard: E 84-98, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
(2) National Fire Protection Association's standard: NFPA No. 255—Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
(3) Coast Guard specifications: 164.008—Bulkhead Panels for Merchant Vessels. 164.009—Incombustible Materials for Merchant Vessels.
(b) A copy of this subpart, together with copies of the specifications referred to in this section, shall be kept on file by the manufacturer of any Interior Finish except those qualifying under § 164.012-5(c). It should be noted that the standards listed in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this section are identical and, therefore, only one need to be kept on file. The Coast Guard specifications may be obtained upon request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001. The American Society for Testing Materials Standards may be purchased from that society at 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-
(a) The purpose of this specification is to set forth the fire protection standards for “Interior Finishes” applied to “Bulkhead Panels” or “Incombustible Materials” approved under subpart 164.008 or 164.009 of this subchapter. The term “Interior Finish” means any coating, overlay, or veneer except standard paint which is applied for decorative or other purpose. It includes not only the visible finish, but all material used in its composition and in its application to the approved “Bulkhead Panel” or “Incombustible Material.” When finishes are applied to both sides of a panel, each must comply with this specification.
(b) “Interior Finishes” of not more than 0.075″ thickness qualifying under § 164.012-10 and those materials which are described in paragraph (c) of this section, may be used without restriction on all merchant vessels, including those locations where combustible veneers, trim, moldings, and decorations are specifically prohibited by subpart 72.05 of subchapter H (Rules and Regulations for Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(c) With the exception of nitrocellulose or other highly inflammable or noxious fume-producing paints or lacquers (which are prohibited), a limited number of coats of any standard paint, or any “Incombustible Material” approved under subpart 164.009 of this subchapter in any thickness, or a combination thereof, are considered as automatically satisfying the intent of this specification and no test or proof of compliance will be required. Paint may be applied to one or both sides of “Bulkhead Panels” or “Incombustible Materials,” but it shall never be applied as an internal layer in sandwich or laminar construction.
(a) For an “Interior Finish” to qualify under this specification it shall not be more than 0.075 inch thick (including adhesive and any underlayment) and shall be subjected to the test described in either standard listed in § 164.012-1(a) (1) or (2). The “Interior Finish” shall be applied to a
(b) [Reserved]
In addition to that information required by the recognized laboratory, the following information and special markings shall be included:
Complies with USCG subpart 164.012. Approval No. 164.012/—.
A recognized laboratory is one which is operated as a nonprofit public service and is regularly engaged in the examination, testing, and evaluation as to the safety of insulation and surfacing materials; which has an established factory inspection, listing, and labeling program; and which has standards for evaluating listing and labeling which are acceptable to the Commandant. The following laboratories are recognized:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) Manufacturers having a surfacing material which they consider has characteristics suitable for general use on merchant vessels may make application for listing and labeling as an interior finish by addressing a request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to the requirements for inspection, examinations, and testing necessary for such listing and labeling. The request shall include a permission for the laboratory to furnish a complete test report together with a description of the quality control procedures to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and quality control procedures to determine if the approval requirements have been met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the laboratory that the material is approved and that when the material is listed and labeled it may be marked as being U.S. Coast Guard approved. Notice of U.S. Coast Guard approval will be published in CG-190.
(c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical or inspection questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements the opinion of the Commandant shall be requested by the laboratory.
(d) The manufacturer may at any time request clarification or advice from the Commandant on any question which may arise regarding manufacturing and approval of approved devices.
(a) Listing and labeling as an interior finish acceptable to the Commandant as approved may be terminated, withdrawn, canceled, or suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized laboratory or from the Commandant.
(b) The condition which may be the cause for termination of listing and labeling may be any of the following:
(1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
(2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
(3) When manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable assurance of the quality of the listed and labeled product being manufactured.
(4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current applicable requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard and the recognized laboratory.
(5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard reports indicate a product is unsatisfactory.
(a) This subpart contains performance requirements, acceptance tests, and production testing and inspection requirements for polyethylene foam used in the construction of personal flotation devices (PFDs) approved under part 160 of this subchapter. Manufacturers shall also comply with the requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter.
(b) All polyethylene foams accepted under this subpart are non-standard components. Acceptance of polyethylene foam prior to being incorporated into finished PFDs, or during the course of manufacture, shall in no case be construed as a guarantee of the acceptance of the finished PFD.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change must be published in the
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart, and the sections affected are as follows:
1(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Manufacturers shall ensure that the performance and identification tests described in UL 1191, as appropriate, are performed on a minimum of five samples in each of the lightest and
Manufacturers shall provide in-plant quality control of polyethylene foam in accordance with the requirements of § 164.019-13 and any requirements of the recognized laboratory. The manufacturer of the foam has primary responsibility for quality control over the production of the foam.
(a)
(1) The manufacturer's or supplier's name, trade name, or symbol;
(2) The unique style, part, or model number of the material;
(3) The thickness of the material;
(4) The lot number of the material; and
(5) The product Use Code or Codes.
(b) Each unit of put-up must be marked with the appropriate recognized laboratory's certification marking(s).
(a)
(1) Military specification:
(2) Federal specification:
(3) Federal standard:
(4) ASTM
(b)
(1) The Federal Specification and the Federal Standard may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC, 20407.
(2) The Military Specification may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
(3) The A.S.T.M. Standard may be purchased from the American Society for Testing Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
(a) Unicellular expanded polyvinyl chloride-acetate copolymer or synthetic rubber modified polyvinyl chloride, polymer or copolymer plastic foam shall be of three types as follows:
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The unicellular plastic foam shall be all new material complying with the requirements of this specification. The results of the tests described in § 164.015-4 shall yield property values within the limits shown in Table 164.015-4(a).
(b) The unicellular plastic foam shall be produced in sheet stock or molded shapes.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2)
(i) Weigh the empty basket under water.
(ii) Place the sample inside the basket and submerge it so that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. Allow the samples to remain submerged for 24 hours.
(iii) After 24 hours submergence period, weigh the wire basket with the sample inside while both are still under water.
(iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section minus (c)(2)(iii) of this section. The resulting value is divided by the volume of the polyvinyl chloride foam expressed in cubic feet. The final result is in lbs./cu. ft.
(d)
(2)
(e)
(f)
(2)
(3)
(g)
(2)
(h)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(2)
(j)
(k)
(2)
(l)
(a) Unicellular plastic foam is not subject to formal approval, but will be accepted by the Coast Guard on the basis of this subpart for use in the manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
(b) Upon receipt of an application requesting acceptance, the Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector to the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods and to select
(c) Acceptance of unicellular plastic foam prior to being incorporated into finished products, or during the course of manufacture, shall in no case be construed as a guarantee of the acceptance of the finished products.
(d) The manufacturer of the foam shall provide the manufacturer of the lifesaving equipment with an affidavit certifying that the foam conforms to all of the requirements of this subpart.
This subpart prescribes design requirements, approval tests, and procedures for approving retroreflective material used on lifesaving equipment.
The following types of retroreflective material are approved under this specification:
(a) Type I—Material used on flexible surfaces and rigid surfaces, except rigid surfaces that are continuously exposed.
(b) Type II—Weather resistant material used on continuously exposed rigid surfaces.
(a) The following federal and military specifications and standards are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) Federal Specification L-P-375 C (April 23, 1970), entitled “Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride”, as amended by Amendment 2 of December 2, 1976.
(2) Federal Specification L-S-300 B (July 12, 1974), entitled “Sheeting and Tape, Reflective: Nonexposed Lens, Adhesive Backing.”
(3) Federal Specification CCC-C-426 D (August 12, 1970), entitled “Cloth, Drill, Cotton.”
(4) Federal Specification CCC-C-443 E (December 2, 1974), entitled “Cloth, Duck, Cotton (Single and Plied Filling Yarns, Flat).”
(5) Federal Test Method Standard 141a (September 1, 1965), entitled “Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection, Sampling and Testing.” (Method 6141 “Washability of Paints”, and Method 6142 “Scrub Resistance” as amended May 1, 1974).
(6) Federal Test Method Standard 370 (March 1, 1977), entitled “Instrumental Photometric Measurements of Retroreflective Materials and Retroreflective Devices.”
(7) Military Specification MIL-C-17415 E (April 16, 1964), entitled “Cloth, Coated, and Webbing, Inflatable Boat and Miscellaneous Use”, as amended by Amendment 5 of April 26, 1976.
(8) Military Specification MIL-R-21607 D (August 5, 1976), entitled “Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire-retardant.”
(9) Military Specification MIL-C-43006 E (March 24, 1978), entitled “Cloth and Strip Laminated, Vinyl Nylon High Strength, Flexible.”
(b) Federal and military specifications and standards may be obtained from Customer Service, Naval Publications, Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. These materials are also on file in the Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on June 14, 1979.
(d) When changes are made to a specification or standard incorporated by reference into this subpart, the effective date for its use will be the effective date set by the issuing authority unless otherwise determined by the Coast Guard.
(a) An application for approval of retroreflective material must be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(b) Each application for approval must contain—(1) The name and address of the applicant;
(2) Two copies of plans or specifications of the material;
(3) A detailed description of the quality control procedures used in manufacturing the material; and
(4) A test report containing observations and results of approval testing conducted.
(c) The Commandant advises the applicant whether the retroreflective material is approved. If the material is approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant.
(a) Type I retroreflective material must be capable of being attached to lifesaving equipment either by sewing it to the equipment or by means of an adhesive. Type II material must be capable of being attached to lifesaving equipment either by mechanical fasteners or by an adhesive.
(b) The following information must be stated on retroreflective material or on the package in which it is supplied to a user:
(1) Each surface to which the retro-reflective material is designed to be attached.
(2) The instructions for attaching the material to each surface described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(c) When retroreflective material designed for use with an adhesive is tested in accordance with the “adhesion” test method listed in § 164.018-11, the material must not peel for a distance of more than 5 cm (2 in.).
(d) When dry material is tested in accordance with the “reflective intensity” test method listed in § 164.018-11, the reflective intensity of the material must be equal to or greater than the values for reflective intensity listed in Table 164.018-9.
(e) When wet material is tested in accordance with the “reflective intensity during rainfall” test method listed in § 164.018-11, the reflective intensity of the material must be at least 90 percent of the values listed in Table 164.018-9.
(f) The reflective intensity of material after testing in accordance with the “resistance to accelerated weathering” test method listed in § 164.018-11 must be at least 50 percent of the values listed in Table 164.018-9.
(g) After testing in accordance with the “fungus resistance” test method listed in § 164.018-11, retroreflective material must not support fungus growth, and the reflective intensity of the material must be equal to or greater than the values for reflective intensity listed in Table 164.018-9.
(h) The reflective intensity of materials after testing in accordance with the “resistance to water immersion” test method described in § 164.018-11, must be equal to or greater than the values listed in Table 164.018-9, except that retroreflectivity is not required in the area extending outward 5 mm (0.2 inches) from each side of the cuts made in the material.
(i) The reflective intensity of material after testing in accordance with the “abrasion resistance” test method described in § 164.018-11(b)(2), must be at least 50 percent of the values listed in Table 164.018-9
(j) After retroreflective material is tested in accordance with the “soil resistance and cleanability” test method described in § 164.018-11(b)(3) the material must not have any visible damage or permanent soiling.
(k) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) through (j) of this section, retroreflective material when tested in accordance with the test methods listed in § 164.018-11 must meet the requirements prescribed for those test methods in Federal Specification L-S-300.
(a) Retroreflective material submitted for Coast Guard approval must be tested in accordance with the following test methods described in Federal Specification L-S-300:
(1) Test conditions.
(2) Test panels.
(3) Adhesion test method using a 0.79 kg (1.75 lb.) test weight, except that one test panel must be immersed in distilled water in a covered container for 16 hours before the weight is applied and the other test panel must be immersed in salt water (4% NaCl by weight) in a covered container for 16 hours before the weight is applied. (This test method is required only for retroreflective material that is designed for use with an adhesive. If a particular test panel used in testing results in a test failure, the retroreflective material will not be approved for attachment to material of the type used as the test panel. The retroreflective material may nevertheless be approved for use with other types of material depending on the results of testing with the other panels. See paragraph (d) of this section for a listing of tests panels used.)
(4) Flexibility at standard conditions test method, except that when testing Type I material—
(i) The material must be unmounted;
(ii) A 1.5 mm (
(iii) After testing at standard conditions, the material must be placed in a chamber at a temperature of −18 °C. (0 °F.) for at least 1 hour and then retested in the chamber at that temperature.
(5) Reflective intensity.
(6) Resistance to accelerated weathering test method and subtest methods “reflective intensity after accelerated weathering,” “reflective intensity during rainfall,” and “adhesion after accelerated weathering.” (The “adhesion after accelerated weathering” test method is required only for materials designed for use with an adhesive. The “resistance to accelerated weathering” test method must be performed for 250 hours, if testing Type I material, and for 1,000 hours if testing Type II material.)
(7) Resistance to heat, cold, and humidity.
(8) Fungus resistance.
(b) Retroreflective material submitted for approval must also be tested as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(c) Each measurement of reflective intensity required in paragraphs (a), (b)(1), and (b)(2) of this section must be made using either—
(1) The L-S-300 procedure for measuring reflective intensity; or
(2) The procedure for measuring specific intensity per unit area in Federal Test Method Standard 370, except that the test apparatus arrangement required in L-S-300 must be used.
(d) If material is designed for use with an adhesive, the “adhesion” test method required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section must be repeated using a 0.79 kg. (1.75 lb.) test weight and using each of the following materials as test panels in place of the aluminum test panels required by this test method:
(1) Smooth panel of cured polyester laminating resin meeting MIL-R-21607 (Types I and II material).
(2) Cotton drill (Type I material only) meeting CCC-C-426, or cotton duck meeting CCC-C-443 (Type I material only).
(3) Vinyl-nylon laminated cloth meeting MIL-C-43006 (Type I material only).
(4) Vinyl film meeting L-P-375 (Type I material only).
(5) Rubber coated cloth meeting MIL-C-17415 (Type I material only).
(e) Each flexible material listed in paragraph (d) of this section when used as a test panel must be bonded to a rigid backing.
(f) Test panel material listed in paragraph (d) of this section must—
(1) Be taken from an item of Coast Guard approved lifesaving equipment; or
(2) Be certified by the manufacturer of the material that it meets the applicable specification in paragraph (d) of this section.
The Coast Guard does not inspect retroreflective material approved under this subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commandant may select samples and conduct tests and examinations whenever necessary to determine whether retroreflective material is being manufactured in compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
(a) This subpart contains general requirements for standard personal flotation device (PFD) components, procedures for acceptance of non-standard PFD components, and production quality control requirements for all PFD components, used in the construction of PFDs approved under part 160 of this subchapter.
(b) Other subparts of this part contain specific requirements applicable to particular PFD components used in the construction of Coast Guard-approved PFDs.
(c) Part 160 of this chapter contains specific requirements and limitations concerning the use of PFD components in the construction of particular Coast Guard-approved PFDs.
(a) PFDs may be constructed only with Coast Guard-accepted PFD components meeting the requirements of this subchapter.
(b) PFD components may be used in the construction of PFDs only in accordance with their Use Codes.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Each shipment of standard components must be accompanied by an affidavit complying with § 164.019-11.
(2) A sample affidavit, or a copy of the affidavit, provided with the first shipment of standard components to a PFD manufacturer, must be provided to the Commandant.
(3) A revised sample affidavit, or a copy of the revised affidavit, must be provided to the Coast Guard any time the information on the affidavit accompanying a shipment of standard components materially changes.
(d)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) The request must include a statement of the intended use of the component by the PFD manufacturer, and the Use Code(s) for which acceptance is requested. Intended uses must be for one or more of the following—
(i) Outer Envelope Fabric (exterior fabrics on wearable PFDs);
(ii) Cover Fabric (for throwable PFDs);
(iii) Inner Envelope Fabric;
(iv) Closure (including zippers) or Adjustment Hardware;
(v) Body Strap;
(vi) Grab Strap (applies to buoyant cushions only);
(vii) Tie Tape;
(viii) Reinforcing Tape;
(ix) Thread:
(x) Flotation Foam; or
(xi) Other (specify).
(2) The request must include a statement identifying the component in detail and including the unique style, part, or model number, the identification data required by the applicable subpart of this part, and any other manufacturer's identifying data. No two components which differ in any way, e.g., size, material composition, construction, may utilize the same identification number.
(3) The report of a recognized laboratory's test data in accordance with the “acceptance tests” required by the applicable subpart of this part or part 160 must be submitted with the request. Each report must include the name of the laboratory and a description of the test equipment and test methods used, and must be signed and dated by an authorized laboratory official.
(4) A sample of each component that is being considered must be submitted with the request. Where the lightest and darkest colors are being tested, samples of both colors must be submitted. A one linear yard sample is required in the case of textiles.
(5) The request must include a list of all materials used in the construction of the particular component. The list must contain specific identification and quantity of all materials used.
(6) For hardware and other mechanical components, the request must include scaled drawings showing details and dimensions of the mechanism.
(7) A statement of dimensional and performance tolerances, as appropriate, that will be maintained in production must be submitted with request.
(8) The request must include a description of the quality control procedures that will be in effect during production.
(9) The request must include a detailed description of the recognized laboratory's procedures for oversight of the manufacturer's program of production quality control, including a description of the laboratory's certification marking(s).
(10) The request must include any appropriate installation or use guidelines for the component.
(d)
(e)
(1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in lieu of or in addition to the requirements of this subpart; and
(2) Provides at least the same degree of safety as provided by a component that does comply with this subpart.
(f)
(g)
(a) The manufacturer shall not change the design, material, manufacturing process, or construction of a non-standard component unless it has
(b) The manufacturer or the recognized laboratory that performs the acceptance testing required by the applicable subpart of this part or part 160 of this chapter shall submit requests for acceptance of revisions in design, material, manufacturing process, or construction of a non-standard component in writing and describe the revision in detail similar to the original request for acceptance.
(a) Name and address of company.
(b) Name and title of signing company official.
(c) Description of the component by use of the unique style, part, or model number and other applicable distinctive characteristics such as weight, size, denier, treatments or coatings, etc.
(d) Production data (to include lot, batch number, and quantity shipped) in sufficient detail to enable the manufacturer or purchaser to trace a shipment of components back to the lots of raw materials used in its manufacture.
(e) The intended use of the component, from the list in § 164.019-7(c)(1).
(f) The PFD Type(s) for which the component is a standard component, as determined by—
(1) The standard material component requirements of part 160 of this chapter with which the component complies; or
(2) The Use Code(s) of the component.
(g) A statement indicating the specific provision(s) of this subchapter with which the component complies.
(h) A copy of the records of all required production tests performed on the component lots that are covered by the affidavit.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) Perform all production tests and inspections required by the applicable subpart of this part;
(2) Adhere to the accepted quality control procedures for the component as submitted to the Coast Guard in accordance with § 164.019-7(c)(8); and
(3) Establish a continuing program of employee training and a program for maintaining production and test equipment.
(e)
(1) Audit the component manufacturer's records required by § 164.019-15;
(2) Perform, or supervise the performance of, the tests required by this section, the applicable subpart of this part, and the accepted quality control and oversight procedures; and
(3) Verify, during each inspection, compliance by the manufacturer with the manufacturer's established quality
(f)
(1)
(2)
(g)
(2) The inspector shall select different samples than were tested by the manufacturer.
(h)
(i) The construction, markings, and workmanship conform to the information submitted in the request for acceptance; and
(ii) The component is not otherwise defective.
(2)
(i) [Reserved]
(j)
(2) A lot having a production test failure may be accepted if it meets the following additional test requirements.
(i) When the basis of acceptability is an average result, a second sampling with an identical number of samples is taken. The results of this second sampling must be averaged with the initial results. If the average result passes the test, then the lot may be accepted.
(ii) When the basis of acceptability is individual sample results, a second sampling is taken. The size of the second sampling must be as specified in the subpart of this part which covers the component. If each sample in this sampling passes the test, the lot may be accepted.
(3) A rejected lot of components may be resubmitted for testing, examination, or inspection if—
(i) The manufacturer first removes each component having the same type of defect or;
(ii) After obtaining authorization from the Commandant or the recognized laboratory, the manufacturer reworks the lot to correct the defect.
(4) A rejected lot or rejected component may not be sold or offered for sale with the representation that it meets the requirements of this subpart or is accepted by the Coast Guard, and may not be used in the construction of Coast Guard-approved PFDs.
(k)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(l) [Reserved]
(m)
(n)
(a) Each component manufacturer shall retain records as required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter.
(b) The records required by paragraph (a) of this section must include the following information:
(1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if there is more than one available.
(2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples used, the lot number, the unique component identification, and the quantity of the component in the lot.
(3) The cause for rejection, any corrective action taken, and the final disposition of each lot rejected.
(c) Manufacturers utilizing procedures and apparatus meeting the requirements of the applicable subpart of this part or the independent laboratory's accepted follow-up inspection procedures are not required to include the description of procedures or photographs or apparatus required by § 159.007-13 of this chapter in the manufacturers' records.
(d) In addition to the records required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, each component manufacturer shall retain the following:
(1) Records for all materials used in production, including name and address of the supplier, date of purchase and receipt, and lot number.
(2) A copy of this subpart, and other subparts applicable to the component manufactured.
(3) Each document incorporated by reference in the applicable subpart(s) of this part.
(4) A copy of the accepted component specifications and identifying data.
(5) Records of calibration of all test equipment, including the identity of the agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
(e) Manufacturers shall retain the records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section for at least 60 months.
(f) Upon request, manufacturers shall make available to the inspector or to the Commandant records of tests conducted by the manufacturer and records of materials entering into construction, including affidavits by suppliers certifying that applicable requirements are met.
(a)
(1) Accepted by the Coast Guard as an independent laboratory under subpart 159.010 of this subchapter; and
(2) Established in the inspection of factory production, listing, and labeling, by having an existing program and standards for evaluation, listing, and marking components, that are acceptable to the Commandant.
(b)
This subpart contains performance requirements, acceptance tests, and production testing and inspection requirements for thread used in the construction of personal flotation devices (PFDs) approved under part 160 of this subchapter. Manufacturers must also comply with the requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change must be published in the
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this subpart, and the sections affected are:
(c) All reference materials are available from the Naval Publications and Forms Center, Customer Service, Code 1052, 5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120.
(a)
(b)
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(i) Each specimen must consist of two 35 cm (14 in.) pieces of thread; and
(ii) Both ends of one piece of thread must be secured without twisting in one clamp of the testing machine so that the length of the loop formed equals one half the distance between the clamps. One end of the second piece must then be passed without twisting through the loop formed by the first, and both ends must be secured in the other clamp of the machine. The breaking strength must then be determined under the single strand test.
(b)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(1) The average length/weight ratio of the thread in meters per kilogram (yards per pound) must be determined in accordance with Test Method 4010 in Federal Test Method Standard 191A.
(2) The generic chemical composition of the thread must be determined by qualitative infrared analysis, thermogravimetric analysis, differential scanning calorimeter, or other equivalent means adequate to conclusively identify the composition of the product tested.
(3) Elongation at break must be determined on the same samples tested for single strand breaking test in accordance with § 164.023-7(a)(1) or (b)(1), as appropriate.
(a)
(1) A Constant Rate of Traverse tensile testing machine, capable of initial clamp separation of ten inches and a rate of separation of 30 cm (12 in.) per minute.
(2) Fletcher, Callaway, U.S. Rubber clamps, or equivalent cam-actuated clamps to prevent slippage and twist of the samples.
(3) An analytical balance or grain-yarn scale, accurate to within 0.25 percent of the measured value.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(f)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(g)
(1) Breaking strength test results must be within 10 percent below and 20 percent above the acceptance testing values but not less than the performance minimums.
(2) Length/weight values must be within 5 percent of the acceptance testing values but not less than the performance minimums.
(3) Elongation values must be within 20 percent of the acceptance testing values but not less than the performance minimums.
(4) Composition testing must indicate that the sample tested is of identical composition to the sample tested for acceptance or in accordance with the performance specification.
(a)
(1) The manufacturer's or supplier's name, trade name, or symbol;
(2) The unique style, part, or model number of the thread;
(3) The size of the thread;
(4) The composition of the thread; and
(5) The lot number of the thread.
(b)
This listing is provided for informational purposes only. It is compiled and kept current by the U.S. Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security. This index covers parts 150 and 160 only.
A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations which is published separately and revised annually.
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
List of CFR Sections Affected
The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.
All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations that were made by documents published in the
For the period before January 1, 2001, see the “List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-1972, and 1973-1985, and 1986-2000” published in ten separate volumes.